HP Laserjet Pro M1212nf Multifunction Printer
Printers · 10 Q&As

HP Laserjet Pro M1212nf Multifunction Printer

Ask AI

— answers from the official manual

Answers from the official manual.

Common questions

Common Questions

10 total
1

How do I perform a factory reset on my HP LaserJet Pro M1212nf?

To factory reset your printer, press and hold the Power button for 10 seconds until the LED flashes red. This clears all settings and returns the device to its default configuration. You will need to re-pair all connected devices after performing this action (Page 191).

2

What are the supported operating systems for Windows?

The HP LaserJet Pro M1212nf supports the following Windows operating systems: Windows XP, Windows Vista (32-bit and 64-bit), and Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) (Page 23).

3

How do I clean the print-cartridge area?

To clean the print-cartridge area, start by turning off the printer and removing any paper. Use a soft cloth with isopropyl alcohol or a solution of mild detergent diluted in water to wipe down the roller assembly and gears carefully (Page 183).

4

How can I change the priority for print settings?

Changes to printer settings are prioritized based on where they're made: The Page Setup dialog box overrides other changes, followed by the Print dialog box. Settings in the Printer Properties usually don’t override those elsewhere (Page 24).

5

What types of paper does this printer support?

The printer supports a variety of paper types including plain, glossy photo paper, labels, transparencies, envelopes, stationery, cardstock, and more (Page 46).

6

How do I access the HP Embedded Web Server for this model?

The HP Embedded Web Server provides network activity information accessible through any standard web browser by entering the product’s IP address in the address line (Page 157).

Show 4 more questions

Full Manual

294 pages
Page 1

LASERJET PROFESSIONAL M1130/M1210

MFP SERIES

#### User Guide

![image 1](c01760651_images/imageFile1.png)

![image 2](c01760651_images/imageFile2.png)

![image 3](c01760651_images/imageFile3.png)

HP LaserJet Professional M1130/M1210 MFP Series

User Guide

############ Copyright and License

############ Trademark Credits

© Copyright 2015 HP Development Company, L.P.

Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without prior written permission is prohibited, except as allowed under the copyright laws.

Adobe®, Adobe Photoshop®, Acrobat®, and PostScript® are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Page 2

Intel® Core™ is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice.

Java™ is a US trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.

The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.

Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows® XP, and Windows Vista® are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

UNIX® is a registered trademark of The Open Group.

ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks.Edition 2, 12/2016

Conventions used in this guide TIP: Tips provide helpful hints or shortcuts. NOTE: Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task. CAUTION: Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging the product. WARNING! Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal injury, catastrophic loss of data, or extensive damage to the product.

| | |---|

ENWW iii

########## iv Conventions used in this guide ENWW

Table of contents

Page 3

  • 1 Product basics ............................................................................................................................................... 1 Product comparison .............................................................................................................................................. 2 Environmental features ......................................................................................................................................... 3 Product features .................................................................................................................................................... 4 Product views ........................................................................................................................................................ 6
  • Front view ............................................................................................................................................ 6 Back view ............................................................................................................................................. 8 Serial number and model number location ...................................................................................... 10 Control-panel layout ......................................................................................................................... 11

  • 2 Control panel menus (M1210 Series only) ...................................................................................................... 13 Control-panel menus ........................................................................................................................................... 14
  • 3 Software for Windows .................................................................................................................................. 23 Supported operating systems for Windows ....................................................................................................... 24 Printer driver ........................................................................................................................................................ 24 Priority for print settings ..................................................................................................................................... 24 Change printer-driver settings for Windows ...................................................................................................... 25
  • Change the settings for all print jobs until the software program is closed ................................... 25 Change the default settings for all print jobs ................................................................................... 25 Change the product configuration settings ...................................................................................... 25

    Remove software for Windows ........................................................................................................................... 25 Supported utilities for Windows .......................................................................................................................... 26

    HP Toolbox software ......................................................................................................................... 26 HP Embedded Web Server (M1210 Series only) ............................................................................... 26 Other Windows components and utilities ........................................................................................ 26

  • 4 Use the product with Mac ............................................................................................................................. 27 Software for Mac ................................................................................................................................................. 28
  • Supported operating systems for Macintosh ................................................................................... 28 Supported printer drivers for Macintosh .......................................................................................... 28

    ENWW v

    Remove software for Mac ................................................................................................................. 28 Priority for print settings for Macintosh ........................................................................................... 28 Change printer-driver settings for Mac ............................................................................................ 29

    Print with Mac ...................................................................................................................................................... 30 Create and use printing presets with Mac ........................................................................................ 30 Resize documents or print on a custom paper size with Mac .......................................................... 30 Print a cover page with Mac .............................................................................................................. 30 Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper with Mac ...................................................................... 31 Print on both sides (duplex) with Mac .............................................................................................. 31

    Fax with Mac (M1210 Series only) ....................................................................................................................... 33 Scan with Mac ...................................................................................................................................................... 34

    Page 4

    ######### 5 Connect the product .................................................................................................................................... 35Supported network operating systems .............................................................................................................. 36

    Printer sharing disclaimer ................................................................................................................. 36 Connect with USB ................................................................................................................................................. 37

    CD installation ................................................................................................................................... 37

    Connect to a network (M1210 Series only) ......................................................................................................... 38 Supported network protocols ........................................................................................................... 38 Install the product on a wired network ............................................................................................ 38 Configure network settings .............................................................................................................. 39

    ######### 6 Paper and print media .................................................................................................................................. 41Understand paper use ......................................................................................................................................... 42

    Special paper guidelines ................................................................................................................... 42 Change the printer driver to match the paper type and size .............................................................................. 44 Supported paper sizes ......................................................................................................................................... 45 Supported paper types ........................................................................................................................................ 46 Load paper trays .................................................................................................................................................. 47

    Load the input tray ............................................................................................................................ 47 Tray adjustment for short media ...................................................................................................... 48 Load the document feeder (M1210 Series only) .............................................................................. 50 Tray and bin capacity ........................................................................................................................ 51 Paper orientation for loading trays .................................................................................................. 51

    Configure trays .................................................................................................................................................... 52 Change the default paper-size setting (M1130 Series) ................................................................... 52 Change the default paper-size setting (M1210 Series) ................................................................... 52 Change the default paper-type setting (M1130 Series) .................................................................. 53 Change the default paper-type setting (M1210 Series) .................................................................. 53

  • 7 Print tasks .................................................................................................................................................. 55 Cancel a print job ................................................................................................................................................. 56 Print with Windows .............................................................................................................................................. 57
  • Open the printer driver with Windows .............................................................................................. 57 Get help for any printing option with Windows ................................................................................ 57 Change the number of print copies with Windows ........................................................................... 58 Print colored text as black with Windows ........................................................................................ 58 Save custom print settings for reuse with Windows ........................................................................ 59 Improve print quality with Windows ................................................................................................. 61 Print on preprinted letterhead or forms with Windows ................................................................... 61 Print on special paper, labels, or transparencies with Windows ..................................................... 63 Print the first or last page on different paper with Windows .......................................................... 64 Scale a document to fit page size ..................................................................................................... 66 Add a watermark to a document with Windows ............................................................................... 67 Print on both sides (duplex) with Windows ...................................................................................... 68 Create a booklet with Windows ........................................................................................................ 70 Use HP ePrint ..................................................................................................................................... 71 Print multiple pages per sheet with Windows .................................................................................. 74 Select page orientation with Windows ............................................................................................. 76

  • 8 Copy ........................................................................................................................................................... 79 Use copy functions .............................................................................................................................................. 80
  • One-touch copy ................................................................................................................................. 80 Multiple copies .................................................................................................................................. 80 Copy a multiple-page original ........................................................................................................... 81 Copy identification cards (M1210 Series only) ................................................................................. 81 Cancel a copy job ............................................................................................................................... 82 Reduce or enlarge a copy image ....................................................................................................... 82 Collate a copy job .............................................................................................................................. 85

    Copy settings ....................................................................................................................................................... 85 Change copy quality .......................................................................................................................... 85

    Page 5

    Copy on both sides (duplex) ................................................................................................................................ 90 Copy a two-sided original to a one-sided document ....................................................................... 90 Copy a two-sided original to a two-sided document ....................................................................... 90

  • 9 Scan ........................................................................................................................................................... 93 Use scan functions ............................................................................................................................................... 94
  • Scan methods .................................................................................................................................... 94 Cancel a scan ..................................................................................................................................... 95

    Scan settings ....................................................................................................................................................... 96

    ENWW vii

    Scan file format ................................................................................................................................. 96 Scanner resolution and color ............................................................................................................ 96 Scan quality ....................................................................................................................................... 98

  • 10 Fax (M1210 Series only) ............................................................................................................................. 99 Fax features ....................................................................................................................................................... 102 Set up fax ........................................................................................................................................................... 103
  • Install and connect the hardware ................................................................................................... 103 Configure fax settings ..................................................................................................................... 106 Use the HP Fax Setup Wizard .......................................................................................................... 108

    Use the phone book ........................................................................................................................................... 109 Use the control panel to create and edit the fax phone book ........................................................ 109 Import or export Microsoft Outlook contacts into the fax phone book ........................................ 109 Use phone-book data from other programs .................................................................................. 109 Delete phone book .......................................................................................................................... 110

    Set fax settings .................................................................................................................................................. 111 Send fax settings ............................................................................................................................ 111 Receive fax settings ........................................................................................................................ 114 Set fax polling ................................................................................................................................. 120

    Use fax ............................................................................................................................................................... 121 Fax software ................................................................................................................................... 121 Cancel a fax ..................................................................................................................................... 121 Delete faxes from memory ............................................................................................................. 121 Use fax on a DSL, PBX, or ISDN system .......................................................................................... 122 Use fax on a VoIP service ................................................................................................................ 122 Fax memory .................................................................................................................................... 122 Send a fax ........................................................................................................................................ 123 Receive a fax ................................................................................................................................... 130

    Solve fax problems ............................................................................................................................................ 132 Fax troubleshooting checklist ........................................................................................................ 132 Fax error messages ......................................................................................................................... 132 Fax logs and reports ....................................................................................................................... 138 Change error correction and fax speed .......................................................................................... 140 Problems sending faxes ................................................................................................................. 141 Problems receiving faxes ................................................................................................................ 144

    Regulatory information and warranties ........................................................................................................... 147

    Page 6

  • 11 Manage and maintain the product ............................................................................................................. 149 Print information pages .................................................................................................................................... 150 Use the HP Toolbox software ............................................................................................................................ 152
  • View HP Toolbox software .............................................................................................................. 152

    Status .............................................................................................................................................. 153 Fax (M1210 Series only) .................................................................................................................. 153 Shop for Supplies ............................................................................................................................ 156 Other Links ...................................................................................................................................... 156

    Use the HP Embedded Web Server (M1210 Series only) .................................................................................. 157 Open the HP Embedded Web Server ...............................................................................................157 Features .......................................................................................................................................... 157

    Product security features .................................................................................................................................. 159 Lock the formatter .......................................................................................................................... 159

    Economy settings .............................................................................................................................................. 160 Print with EconoMode ..................................................................................................................... 160 Auto-Off mode ................................................................................................................................ 160

    Manage supplies and accessories ..................................................................................................................... 162 Print when a cartridge reaches estimated end of life .................................................................... 162 Manage print cartridges .................................................................................................................. 162 Replacement instructions ............................................................................................................... 163

    Clean the product .............................................................................................................................................. 174 Clean the pickup roller .................................................................................................................... 174 Clean the separation pad ................................................................................................................ 178 Clean the paper path ....................................................................................................................... 181 Clean the print-cartridge area ........................................................................................................ 183 Clean the exterior ............................................................................................................................ 186 Clean the scanner glass strip and platen ....................................................................................... 186

    Product updates ................................................................................................................................................ 188

    ######### 12 Solve problems ........................................................................................................................................ 189Solve general problems .................................................................................................................................... 190

    Troubleshooting checklist .............................................................................................................. 190 Factors that affect product performance ....................................................................................... 191

    Restore the factory-set defaults (M1210 Series only) ..................................................................................... 191 Interpret control-panel light patterns (M1130 Series only) ............................................................................ 192 Interpret control-panel messages (M1210 Series only) .................................................................................. 195

    Page 7

    Control-panel message types ........................................................................................................ 195 Control-panel messages ................................................................................................................. 195

    Clear jams .......................................................................................................................................................... 198 Common causes of jams ................................................................................................................. 198 Jam locations .................................................................................................................................. 199 Clear jams from the document feeder (M1210 Series only) .......................................................... 200 Clear jams from the output areas ................................................................................................... 201 Clear jams from the input tray ........................................................................................................ 203 Clear jams from inside the product ................................................................................................ 205

    ENWW ix

    Change the jam recovery setting .................................................................................................... 206 Solve paper-handling problems ....................................................................................................................... 208 Solve image-quality problems .......................................................................................................................... 209

    Print-quality examples ................................................................................................................... 209 Repetitive defects ruler .................................................................................................................. 215 Optimize and improve image quality ............................................................................................. 216

    Solve performance problems ............................................................................................................................ 217 Solve connectivity problems ............................................................................................................................. 217

    Solve direct-connect problems ...................................................................................................... 217 Solve network problems ................................................................................................................. 217

    Solve software problems .................................................................................................................................. 219 Solve common Windows problems ................................................................................................ 219 Solve common Mac problems ......................................................................................................... 219

  • Appendix A Supplies and accessories ............................................................................................................. 223 Order parts, accessories, and supplies ............................................................................................................. 224 Part numbers ..................................................................................................................................................... 224
  • Paper-handling accessories ........................................................................................................... 224 Print cartridges ............................................................................................................................... 224 Cables and interfaces ...................................................................................................................... 224

  • Appendix B Service and support .....................................................................................................................225 HP limited warranty statement ......................................................................................................................... 226
  • UK, Ireland, and Malta ..................................................................................................................... 227 Austria, Belgium, Germany, and Luxemburg .................................................................................. 227 Belgium, France, and Luxemburg ................................................................................................... 228 Italy .................................................................................................................................................. 229 Spain ................................................................................................................................................ 229 Denmark .......................................................................................................................................... 230 Norway ............................................................................................................................................ 230 Sweden ............................................................................................................................................ 230 Portugal ........................................................................................................................................... 231 Greece and Cyprus ........................................................................................................................... 231 Hungary ........................................................................................................................................... 231 Czech Republic ................................................................................................................................ 232 Slovakia ........................................................................................................................................... 232 Poland ............................................................................................................................................. 232 Bulgaria ........................................................................................................................................... 233 Romania .......................................................................................................................................... 233 Belgium and the Netherlands ......................................................................................................... 233 Finland ............................................................................................................................................. 234

    Slovenia ........................................................................................................................................... 234 Croatia ............................................................................................................................................. 234 Latvia ............................................................................................................................................... 234 Lithuania .......................................................................................................................................... 235 Estonia ............................................................................................................................................. 235 Russia .............................................................................................................................................. 235

    Page 8

    HP's Premium Protection Warranty: LaserJet toner cartridge limited warranty statement ........................... 236 HP policy on non-HP supplies ........................................................................................................................... 237 HP anticounterfeit Web site .............................................................................................................................. 238 Data stored on the toner cartridge ................................................................................................................... 239 End User License Agreement ............................................................................................................................ 240 Customer self-repair warranty service ............................................................................................................. 244 Customer support .............................................................................................................................................. 245

  • Appendix C Specifications ............................................................................................................................. 247 Physical specifications ...................................................................................................................................... 248 Power consumption, electrical specifications, and acoustic emissions .......................................................... 248 Environmental specifications ............................................................................................................................ 248
  • Appendix D Environmental product stewardship program ............................................................................... 249 Protecting the environment .............................................................................................................................. 250 Ozone production .............................................................................................................................................. 250 Power consumption .......................................................................................................................................... 250 Toner consumption ........................................................................................................................................... 250 Paper use ........................................................................................................................................................... 251 Plastics ............................................................................................................................................................... 251 HP LaserJet print supplies ................................................................................................................................. 251 Paper .................................................................................................................................................................. 251 Material restrictions .......................................................................................................................................... 251 Disposal of waste equipment by users (EU and India) ..................................................................................... 252 Electronic hardware recycling ........................................................................................................................... 252 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................. 252 Chemical substances ......................................................................................................................................... 252 Product Power Data per European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................. 253 Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (India) ................................................................................. 253 Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (Turkey) ............................................................................. 253 Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (Ukraine) ............................................................................ 253 Substances Table (China) .................................................................................................................................. 254 SEPA Ecolabel User Information (China) ........................................................................................................... 254 The regulation of the implementation on China energy label for printer, fax, and copier ............................. 255 Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) ................................................................................................................... 255
  • ENWW xi

    EPEAT ................................................................................................................................................................. 255 For more information ........................................................................................................................................ 255

  • Appendix E Regulatory information ............................................................................................................... 257 Declaration of conformity ................................................................................................................................. 258 Declaration of conformity ................................................................................................................................. 260 Declaration of conformity ................................................................................................................................. 262 Regulatory statements ..................................................................................................................................... 264
  • FCC regulations ............................................................................................................................... 264 Canada - Industry Canada ICES-003 Compliance Statement ......................................................... 264 EMC statement (Korea) ................................................................................................................... 264 Power cord instructions .................................................................................................................. 264 Laser safety ..................................................................................................................................... 264 Laser statement for Finland ........................................................................................................... 265 GS statement (Germany) ................................................................................................................ 266 Eurasian Conformity (Belarus, Kazakhstan, Russia) ...................................................................... 266

    Additional statements for telecom (fax) products ........................................................................................... 267 EU Statement for Telecom Operation ............................................................................................ 267 New Zealand Telecom Statements ................................................................................................. 267 Additional FCC statement for telecom products (US) .................................................................... 267 Telephone Consumer Protection Act (US) ...................................................................................... 268 Industry Canada CS-03 requirements ............................................................................................ 268 Vietnam Telecom wired/wireless marking for ICTQC Type approved products ............................ 269

    Additional statements for wireless products ................................................................................................... 270 FCC compliance statement—United States ................................................................................... 270 Australia statement ........................................................................................................................ 270 Brazil ANATEL statement ................................................................................................................ 270 Canadian statements ...................................................................................................................... 270 Products with 5 GHz Operation Industry of Canada ....................................................................... 270 Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation (Canada) ......................................................................... 271 European Union regulatory notice .................................................................................................. 271 Notice for use in Russia ................................................................................................................... 271 Mexico statement ........................................................................................................................... 271 Taiwan statement ........................................................................................................................... 272 Korean statement ........................................................................................................................... 272 Vietnam Telecom wired/wireless marking for ICTQC Type approved products ............................ 272

    ######### Index ........................................................................................................................................................... 273

    1 Product basics

  • ● Product comparison
  • Page 9

  • ● Environmental features
  • ● Product features
  • ● Product views
  • ENWW 1

    ##### Product comparison

    The product is available in the following configurations.

    ![image 4](c01760651_images/imageFile4.png)

    M1130 Series

    ![image 5](c01760651_images/imageFile5.png)

    M1210 Series

  • ● Prints letter-size pages at speeds up to 19 pages per minute (ppm) and A4-size pages at speeds up to 18 ppm.
  • ● The input tray holds up to 150 sheets of print media or up to 10 envelopes.
  • ● The output bin holds up to 100 sheets
  • ● 2-digit LED control-panel display
  • ● Manual two-sided (duplex) printing and copying.
  • Page 10

  • ● Copy from the flatbed scanner
  • ● Full-color scanning
  • ● Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port.
  • ● 8-MB random-access memory (RAM).
  • ● Prints letter-size pages at speeds up to 19 pages per minute (ppm) and A4-size pages at speeds up to 18 ppm.
  • ● The input tray holds up to 150 sheets of print media or up to 10 envelopes.
  • ● The output bin holds up to 100 sheets
  • ● LCD control-panel display
  • ● Manual two-sided (duplex) printing, fax receiving, and copying.
  • ● Copy from the flatbed scanner or from the document feeder
  • ● Full-color scanning
  • ● Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port.
  • ● Integrated networking for connecting to a 10/100Base-TX network.
  • ● V.34 fax modem and 4-megabyte (MB) flash fax-storage memory.
  • ● Two RJ-11 fax/phone cable ports.
  • ● 64-MB random-access memory (RAM).
  • ● 35-page document feeder.
  • ##### Environmental features

    Print multiple pages per sheet Save paper by printing two or more pages of a document side-by-side on one sheet of paper. Access

    this feature through the printer driver. Recycling Reduce waste by using recycled paper.

    Page 11

    Recycle print cartridges by using the HP return process. Energy savings Save energy by initiating Auto-off mode for the product. HP Smart Web printing Use HP Smart Web printing to select, store, and organize text and graphics from multiple Web pages

    and then edit and print exactly what you see onscreen. It gives you the control you need for printing meaningful information while minimizing waste.

    Download HP Smart Web printing from this Web site: www.hp.com/go/smartwebprinting.

    ENWW Environmental features 3

    ##### Product features

    Print ● Prints letter-size pages at speeds up to 19 ppm and A4-size pages at speeds up to 18 ppm.

  • ● Prints at 400x2 dots per inch (dpi) with FastRes 600 (default). Supports FastRes 1200 for highquality printing of text and graphics.
  • ● Includes adjustable settings to optimize print quality.
  • Copy ● Scans at 300 pixels per inch (ppi) and prints with FastRes 600.

    ● Easily change the number of copies, adjust the lightness or darkness, or reduce or enlarge the size of copies from the control panel.

    Scan ● Provides up to 1200 pixels per inch (ppi) full-color scanning from the flatbed scanner.

  • ● Provides up to 300 ppi full-color scanning from the document feeder.
  • ● Scan from TWAIN-compliant or Windows Imaging Application (WIA)-compliant software.
  • ● Scan from a computer by using HP LaserJet Scan software for Windows or by using HP Director software for Mac.
  • Page 12

    Fax (M1210 Series only) ● Full-functionality fax capabilities with a V.34 fax; includes a phone book and delayed-fax

    features.

  • ● Stores up to 500 pages in memory.
  • ● Recovers faxes from memory for up to four days following a power failure.
  • ############ Supported operating systems ● Windows 7

  • ● Windows Vista (32-bit and 64-bit)
  • ● Windows XP (32-bit and 64-bit)
  • ● Mac OS X 10.4, 10.5, 10.6
  • Memory ● M1130 Series: Includes 8-megabyte (MB) random-access memory (RAM).

    ● M1210 Series: Includes 64-MB RAM.

    Paper handling ● The input tray holds up to 150 sheets of paper or 10 envelopes.

  • ● The document feeder holds up to 35 sheets of paper.
  • ● The output bin holds up to 100 sheets of paper.
  • Page 13

    Printer driver features ● Print multiple pages on one sheet.

  • ● Print booklets.
  • ● Scale to fit different paper sizes.
  • ● Print cover pages on different paper.
  • Interface connections ● Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port.

  • ● RJ-45 network port. (M1210 Series only)
  • ● Two RJ-11 fax/phone cable ports. (M1210 Series only)
  • Economical printing ● N-up printing (printing more than one page on a sheet) and the manual two sided printing

    features save paper.

    ● EconoMode printer driver feature saves toner.

    Archive printing Archive printing feature for printing pages that you plan to store for a long time. Supplies ● Authentication for genuine HP print cartridges.

  • ● Easy ordering for replacement supplies.
  • ● Supplies status page shows estimated toner level in the print cartridge. Not available for nonHP supplies.
  • Page 14

    Self-help Quick-reference pages available from www.hp.com/support/ljm1130series or www.hp.com/

    support/ljm1210series. Accessibility ● All doors and covers can be opened by using one hand. Security ● Receptacle for a cable-type security lock.

    ENWW Product features 5

    ##### Product views Front view M1130 Series

    ![image 6](c01760651_images/imageFile6.png)

  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
  • 5

  • 4
  • 8

    6

    Page 15

    7

  • 1 Scanner lid
  • 2 Scanner assembly
  • 3 Output bin with extension for long paper
  • 4 Print-cartridge door lift-tab
  • 5 Input tray
  • 6 Short media extender tool
  • 7 Power button
  • 8 Control panel
  • 1

    ![image 7](c01760651_images/imageFile7.png)

    2

  • 3
  • 4
  • 5

    6

    Page 16

    7

    10

    8

    9

  • 1 Document feeder
  • 2 Document feeder output bin
  • 3 Scanner lid
  • 4 Scanner assembly
  • 5 Output bin with extension for long paper
  • 6 Print-cartridge door lift-tab
  • 7 Input tray
  • 8 Short media extender tool
  • 9 Power button
  • 10 Control panel
  • ###### Back view M1130 Series

    ![image 8](c01760651_images/imageFile8.png)

    1 2

    Page 17

    3

  • 1 Slot for a cable-type security lock
  • 2 Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port
  • 3 Power connection
  • ![image 9](c01760651_images/imageFile9.png)

  • 2
  • 3
  • 5

  • 4
  • 1

  • 1 Slot for a cable-type security lock
  • 2 RJ-45 network port
  • 3 Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port
  • 4 RJ-11 fax ports
  • 5 Power connection
  • Page 18

    ###### Serial number and model number location

    The serial number and product model number label is at the back of the product.

    ![image 10](c01760651_images/imageFile10.png)

    ![image 11](c01760651_images/imageFile11.png)

    ###### Control-panel layout M1130 Series

    2 3 4 5

    | | | |---|---| | | |

    61

    7

    891011

  • 1 LED display screen: Displays the number of copies, the level of darkness for copies, and the percentage of copy-size reduction or enlargement. It also shows error codes that alert you of problems that require attention.
  • Page 19

  • 2 Up and down arrows: Increases or decreases the number of copies, the level of darkness for copies, or the percentage of
  • copy-size reduction or enlargement.

  • ● Press the buttons for less than one second to increase or decrease copy settings by one increment.
  • ● Press the buttons for one second or longer to increase or decrease the level of darkness to the maximum or minimum value.
  • ● Press the buttons for one second or longer to increase or decrease the number of copies or the percentage of copysize reduction or enlargement by 10 increments.
  • 3 Reduce/Enlarge copy light: Indicates the copy-size reduction or enlargement feature is active.
  • 4 Darker/Lighter copy light: Indicates the copy-darkness feature is active.
  • 5 Number Of Copies light: Indicates the number-of-copies feature is active.
  • 6
  • | | |---|

    Setup button: Scrolls between the copy settings for number of copies, darkness, and copy size for each job. The default option is the number of copies. To change the default settings for all jobs, scroll to the setting and then press and hold the button for 3 seconds. When the light is blinking, adjust the setting. Press this button again to save the setting.

  • 7 Start Copy button: Starts a copy job.
  • 8 Cancel button: Cancels the current job, or clears the last setting you made. When the product is in the Ready state, press
  • Page 20

    this button to reset the copy settings to the default values.

  • 9 Toner-level status light: Indicates the level of toner in the print cartridge is low.
  • 10 Attention light: Indicates a problem with the product.
  • 11 Ready light: Indicates the product is ready or is processing a job.
  • ######## M1210 Series

    4 5 6

    7

    3

  • 1
  • 2
  • 8

    9

    Page 21

    10

    15

    14

    13 12 11

  • 1 Toner-level status light: Indicates the level of toner in the print cartridge is low.
  • 2 Attention light: Indicates a problem with the product. View the LCD display for a message.
  • 3 Ready light: Indicates the product is ready or is processing a job.
  • 4 LCD display screen: Displays status information, menus, and messages.
  • 5 Copy Settings button: Opens the Copy Settings menu. To copy an identification card, press this button three times to open
  • the Copy ID menu and then press the OK button.

  • 6 Setup button: Opens the menus.
  • 7 Left and right arrows: Enter and navigate through the menus. Decrease or increase the current value on the screen. Move
  • the screen cursor backward or forward one space.

    Page 22

  • 8 OK button: Acknowledges a setting or confirms an action to proceed.
  • 9 Cancel button: Cancels the current job, or clears the last setting you made. When the product is in the Ready state, press
  • this button to reset the copy settings to the default values.

  • 10 Start Copy button: Starts a copy job.
  • 11 Back arrow: Returns to the previous level in the menus.
  • 12 Send Fax button: Starts a fax job.
  • 13 Redial button: Recalls the last digits used for the previous fax job.
  • 14 Darker/Lighter copy button: Adjusts the darkness setting for the current copy job.
  • 15 Numeric keypad: Use the keypad to enter fax numbers or to enter data.
  • 2 Control panel menus (M1210 Series only)

    ● Control-panel menus

    ENWW 13

    ##### Control-panel menus

    Page 23

    These menus are available from the control-panel main menu:

  • ● Use the Phone Book menu to open the list of entries in the fax phone book.
  • ● Use the Fax Job status menu to display a list of all faxes that are waiting to be sent, or have been received but are waiting to be printed, forwarded, or uploaded to the computer.
  • ● Use the Fax functions menu to configure fax functions such as scheduling a delayed fax, cancelling the Receive to PC mode, reprinting faxes that were previously printed, or clearing faxes that are stored in memory.
  • ● Use the Copy setup menu to configure basic copy default settings such as contrast, collation, or the number of copies printed.
  • ● Use the Reports menu to print reports that provide information about the product.
  • ● Use the Fax setup menu to configure the outgoing and incoming fax options and the basic settings for all faxes.
  • ● Use the System setup menu to establish basic product settings such as language, print quality, or volume levels.
  • ● Use the Service menu to restore default settings, clean the product, and activate special modes that affect print output.
  • ● Use the Network config. menu to establish network configuration settings.
  • Table 2-1 Phone Book menu Menu item Sub-menu item Description Phone Book Add/Edit
  • Delete Delete all

    Edits the fax phone book. The product supports up to 100 phone book entries.

  • Table 2-2 Fax Job status menu Menu item Description Fax Job status Displays pending fax jobs, and allows you to cancel pending fax jobs.
  • Table 2-3 Fax functions menu Menu item Description Send fax later Allows a fax to be sent at a later time and date.
  • Stop Recv to PC Disables the Receive to PC setting that allows a computer to upload all current faxes that have not

    Page 24

    been printed and all future faxes received by the product. Reprint last Reprints the faxes that are stored in the product memory.

  • Table 2-3 Fax functions menu (continued) Menu item Description Polling receive Allows the product to call another fax machine that has polling send enabled. Clear saved faxs Clears all faxes in the product memory.
  • Table 2-4 Copy setup menu Menu item Sub-menu item Description Default Quality Text
  • Draft Mixed Film photo Picture

    Sets the default copy quality.

    Def. light/dark Sets the default contrast option. Def. Collation Off

    On

    Sets whether copies are collated as they are printed.

    Def. # of copies (Range: 1-99) Sets the default number of copies. Def. Reduce/Enlrg Original=100%

    A4 to Letter=94% Letter to A4=97% Full Page=91% 2 pages per sheet 4 pages per sheet Custom: 25 to 400%

    Sets the default percentage to reduce or enlarge a copied document.

  • Table 2-5 Reports menu Menu Item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Description Demo page Prints a page that demonstrates print quality. Fax Reports Fax Confirmation Never
  • Page 25

    Sets whether or not the product prints a confirmation report after a successful sending or receiving job.

    Send fax only Receive fax Every fax

  • Table 2-5 Reports menu (continued) Menu Item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Description
  • Fax Error report Every error Send error Receive error Never

    Sets whether or not the product prints a report after a failed sending or receiving job.

    Last Call report Prints a detailed report of the last fax operation, either

    sent or received. Include 1st page On

    Off

    Sets whether or not the product includes a thumbnail image of the first page of the fax on the report.

    Fax Activity log Print log now Auto Log Print

    Print log now: Prints a list of the last 40 faxes that have been sent from or received by this product.

    Auto Log Print: Select On to automatically print a report after every 40 fax jobs. Select Off to turn off the automatic print feature.

    Phone Book report Prints a list of the phone book entries that have been set

    Page 26

    up for this product.

    Block Fax list Prints a list of phone numbers that are blocked from

    sending faxes to this product. All fax reports Prints all fax-related reports. Menu structure Prints a control-panel menu layout map. The active

    settings for each menu are listed.

    Config report Prints a list of all the product settings, including the

    network and fax settings.

    Supplies Status Prints information about the print cartridge, including the estimated number of pages remaining and the number of pages printed.

  • Table 2-6 Fax setup menu Menu Item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Description Fax header Your fax number
  • Sets the identifying information that is sent to the receiving product.

    Company name

    Fax Send setup Def. Resolution Fine Superfine Photo Standard

    Sets the resolution for sent documents. Higher resolution images have more dots per inch (dpi), so they show more detail. Lower resolution images have fewer dots per inch and show less detail, but the file size is smaller.

    Changing the resolution setting might affect the fax speed.

    Page 27

    Def. light/dark Sets the darkness of outgoing faxes.

    Def. Glass size Letter A4

    Sets the default paper size to use when scanning and copying from the flatbed glass.

    Dialing Mode Tone Pulse

    Sets whether the product should use tone or pulse dialing.

    Redial if busy On Off

    Sets whether or not the product should attempt to redial if the line is busy.

    Redial-no answer On Off

    Sets whether the product should attempt to dial if the recipient fax number does not answer.

    Redial Comm. Error On Off

    Sets whether the product should attempt to redial the recipient fax number if a communication error occurs.

    Dial Prefix On Off

    Specifies a prefix number that must be dialed when sending faxes from the product.

    Page 28

    Detect dial tone On Off

    Sets whether the product should check for a dial tone before sending a fax.

    Fax Recv. setup Answer mode Automatic TAM Fax/Tel Manual

    Sets the type of answer mode. The following options are available:

  • ● Automatic: The product automatically answers an incoming call on the configured number of rings.
  • ● TAM: Use this setting when a telephone answering machine is connected to the product. The product does not automatically answer the call. Instead, it waits until it detects the fax tone.
  • ● Fax/Tel: The product answers incoming calls immediately. If it detects the fax tone, it processes the call as a fax. If it does not detect the fax tone, it creates an audible ring to alert you to answer the incoming voice call.
  • ● Manual : You must press the Send Fax button or use an extension phone to make the product answer the incoming call.
  • Rings to answer Sets the number of rings that must occur before the fax

    modem answers.

    Answer Ring Type All Rings Single Double Triple Double&Triple

    Extension Phone On Off

    Silence detect On Off

    Fit to page On Off

    Page 29

    Stamp faxes On Off

    Forward fax On Off

    Block faxes Add entry Delete entry Clear all

    Reprint faxes On Off

    Private receive On Off Print faxes

    Allows you to have two or three phone numbers on a single line, each with a different ring pattern (on a phone system with distinctive-ring service).

  • ● All Rings: The product answers any calls that come through the telephone line.
  • ● Single: The product answers any calls that produce a single-ring pattern.
  • ● Double: The product answers any calls that produce a double-ring pattern.
  • ● Triple: The product answers any calls that produce a triple-ring pattern.
  • ● Double&Triple: The product answers any calls that produce a double-ring or triple-ring pattern.
  • When this feature is enabled, you can press the 1-2-3 buttons on the extension phone to cause the product to answer an incoming fax call.

    Sets whether the product can receive faxes from older model fax machines that do not emit the initial fax tones used during fax transmission.

    Shrinks faxes that are larger than Letter-size or A4-size so that they can fit onto a Letter-size or A4-size page. If this feature is set to Off, faxes larger than Letter or A4 will print on multiple pages.

    Page 30

    Sets product to add the date, time, sender's phone number, and page number to each page of the faxes that this product receives.

    Sets product to send all received faxes to another fax machine.

    Modifies the blocked fax list. The blocked fax list can contain up to 30 numbers. When the product receives a call from one of the blocked fax numbers, it deletes the incoming fax. It also logs the blocked fax in the activity log along with jobaccounting information.

    Sets whether all received faxes stored in available memory can be reprinted.

    Setting the Private receive feature to On requires you to set a password. After the password is set, the following options are set:

  • ● The Private receive feature is turned on.
  • ● All old faxes are deleted from memory.
  • ● The Forward fax or Receive to PC options are set to Off and are not allowed to be set.
  • ● All incoming faxes are stored in memory.
  • F/T ring time This item sets the time, in seconds, for how long the product

    generates the audible ring sound for an incoming voice call. All faxes Error correction On

    Sets whether the product sends or receives the error portion again when a fax transmission error occurs.

    Off

    Fax Speed Fast(V.34) Medium(V.17) Slow(V.29)

    Page 31

    Increases or decreases the allowed fax communication speed.

  • Table 2-7 System setup menu Menu Item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Description
  • Language (List of available control-panel display languages.)

    Sets the language in which the control panel displays messages and product reports.

    Paper setup Def. paper size Letter A4 Legal

    Sets the size for printing internal reports or any copy job.

    Def. paper type Lists available paper

    types.

    Sets the type for printing internal reports or any copy job.

    Print Density (Range of 1-5) Sets how much toner the product should use to darken lines

    and edges.

    Volume settings Alarm volume Soft Medium Loud Off

    Ring volume Key-press volume Phoneline volume

    Page 32

    Time/Date (Settings for time format, current time, date format, and current date.)

    Sets the volume levels for the product.

    Sets the time and date setting for the product.

  • Table 2-8 Service menu Menu item Sub-menu item Description T.30 trace Never
  • Now If error At end of call

    Prints or schedules a report that is used to troubleshoot fax transmission issues.

    Restore Defaults Sets all customized settings to the factory default values. Cleaning Mode Cleans the product when specks or other marks appear on printed

    output. The cleaning process removes dust and excess toner from the paper path.

    When selected, the product prompts you to load plain Letter or A4 paper in the tray. Press the OK button to begin the cleaning process. Wait until the process completes. Discard the page that prints.

    USB speed High Full

    Sets the USB speed.

    Less paper curl On Off

    When printed pages are consistently curled, this option sets the product to a mode that reduces curl.

    Page 33

    The default setting is Off. Archive print On

    Off

    When printing pages that will be stored for a long time, this option sets the product to a mode that reduces toner smearing and dusting.

    The default setting is Off.

  • Table 2-9 Network config. menu Menu item Sub-menu item Description TCP/IP Config Automatic
  • Select the Automatic option to automatically configure all the TCP/IP settings.

    Manual

    Select the Manual option to manually configure the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

    Link Speed Automatic (default) 10T Full 10T Half 100TX Full 100TX Half

    The default setting is Automatic.

    Sets the link speed manually if needed. After setting the link speed, the product automatically restarts.

    Table 2-9 Network config. menu (continued) Menu item Sub-menu item Description Network Services IPv4

    Page 34

    This item is used by the network administrator to limit the network services available on this product.

    IPv6

    On Off The default setting for all items is On.

    Show IP address No Yes

    No: The product IP address will not appear on the control-panel display.

    Yes: The product IP address will appear on the controlpanel display, alternating between supplies information and the product IP address. The IP address will not be displayed if an error condition exits.

    The default setting is No.

    Restore Defaults Press the OK button to restore the network

    configuration settings to the default values.

    3 Software for Windows

  • ● Supported operating systems for Windows
  • ● Printer driver
  • ● Priority for print settings
  • Page 35

  • ● Change printer-driver settings for Windows
  • ● Remove software for Windows
  • ● Supported utilities for Windows
  • ENWW 23

    ##### Supported operating systems for Windows

    The product supports the following Windows operating systems:

    ######### Full software installation

  • ● Windows XP
  • ● Windows Vista (32-bit and 64-bit)
  • ● Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit)
  • Print and scan drivers only
  • ● Windows 2003 Server
  • ● Windows 2008 Server
  • ##### Printer driver

    Page 36

    Printer drivers provide access to product features, such as printing on custom-sized paper, resizing documents, and inserting watermarks.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: The most recent drivers are available at www.hp.com/go/ljm1130series_software or www.hp.com/ go/ljm1210series_software. Depending on the configuration of Windows-based computers, the installation program for the product software automatically checks the computer for Internet access in order to obtain the latest drivers.

    Priority for print settings Changes to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made: NOTE: The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program.

    | | |---|

  • ● Page Setup dialog box: Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed here override settings changed anywhere else.
  • ● Print dialog box: Click Print, Print Setup, or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lower priority and usually do not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box.
  • ● Printer Properties dialog box (printer driver): Click Properties in the Print dialog box to open the printer driver. Settings changed in the Printer Properties dialog box usually do not override settings anywhere else in the printing software. You can change most of the print settings here.
  • ● Default printer driver settings: The default printer driver settings determine the settings used in all print jobs, unless settings are changed in the Page Setup, Print, or Printer Properties dialog boxes.
  • ● Printer control panel settings: Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower priority than changes made anywhere else.
  • ##### Change printer-driver settings for Windows

    ###### Change the settings for all print jobs until the software program is closed

    Page 37

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • 2. Select the driver, and then click Properties or Preferences. The steps can vary; this procedure is most common.
  • ###### Change the default settings for all print jobs

  • 1. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the default Start menu view): Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
  • Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the Classic Start menu view): Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers.

    Windows Vista: Click Start, click Control Panel, and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer.

  • 2. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Printing Preferences.
  • ###### Change the product configuration settings

  • 1. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the default Start menu view): Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
  • Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the Classic Start menu view): Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers.

    Windows Vista: Click Start, click Control Panel, and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer.

  • 2. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties.
  • 3. Click the Device Settings tab.
  • Page 38

    ##### Remove software for Windows

    Windows XP

  • 1. Click Start, Control Panel, and then Add or Remove Programs.
  • 2. Find and select the product from the list.
  • 3. Click the Change/Remove button to remove the software.
  • Windows Vista

  • 1. Click Start, Control Panel, and then Programs and Features.
  • 2. Find and select the product from the list.
  • 3. Select the Uninstall/Change option.
  • ENWW Change printer-driver settings for Windows 25

    ##### Supported utilities for Windows

    ###### HP Toolbox software

    HP Toolbox is a software program that you can use for the following tasks:

  • ● Check the product status.
  • Page 39

  • ● Configure the product settings.
  • ● Configure pop-up-alert messages.
  • ● View troubleshooting information.
  • ● View online documentation.
  • ###### HP Embedded Web Server (M1210 Series only)

    The product is equipped with the HP Embedded Web Server, which provides access to information about product and network activities. This information appears in a Web browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Netscape Navigator, Apple Safari, or Mozilla Firefox.

    The HP Embedded Web Server resides on the product. It is not loaded on a network server. The HP Embedded Web Server provides an interface to the product that anyone who has a networkconnected computer and a standard Web browser can use. No special software is installed or configured, but you must have a supported Web browser on your computer. To gain access to the HP Embedded Web Server, type the IP address for the product in the address line of the browser.

    ###### Other Windows components and utilities

  • ● Software installer — automates the printing system installation
  • ● Online Web registration
  • ● HP LaserJet Scan
  • ● PC Fax Send
  • 4 Use the product with Mac

  • ● Software for Mac
  • ● Print with Mac
  • Page 40

  • ● Fax with Mac (M1210 Series only)
  • ● Scan with Mac
  • ENWW 27

    ##### Software for Mac

    ###### Supported operating systems for Macintosh

    The product supports the following Macintosh operating systems:

    | | |---|

    ● Mac OS X V10.3.9, V10.4, V10.5, and later NOTE: For Mac OS X V10.4 and later, PPC and Intel® Core™ Processor Macs are supported.

    ###### Supported printer drivers for Macintosh

    The HP LaserJet software installer provides PostScript® Printer Description (PPD) files, a CUPS driver, and the HP Printer Utilities for Mac OS X. The HP printer PPD file, in combination with the CUPS driver, provides full printing functionality and access to specific HP printer features.

    ###### Remove software for Mac

    Use the uninstall utility to remove the software.

    Page 41

  • 1. Browse to the following folder on the hard drive: Applications/HP LaserJet Professional M1130 MFP Series/ (M1130 Series) Applications/HP LaserJet Professional M1210 MFP Series/ (M1210 Series)
  • 2. Double-click the HP Uninstaller.app file.
  • 3. Click the Continue button, and then follow the onscreen instructions to remove the software.
  • Priority for print settings for Macintosh Changes to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made: NOTE: The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program.

    | | |---|

  • ● Page Setup dialog box: Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed here might override settings changed anywhere else.
  • ● Print dialog box: Click Print, Print Setup, or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lower priority and do not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box.
  • ● Default printer driver settings: The default printer driver settings determine the settings used in all print jobs, unless settings are changed in the Page Setup, Print, or Printer Properties dialog boxes.
  • ● Printer control panel settings: Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower priority than changes made anywhere else.
  • ###### Change printer-driver settings for Mac

    Change the settings for all print jobs until the software program is closed

  • 1. On the File menu, click the Print button.
  • 2. Change the settings that you want on the various menus.
  • Page 42

    Change the default settings for all print jobs

  • 1. On the File menu, click the Print button.
  • 2. Change the settings that you want on the various menus.
  • 3. On the Presets menu, click the Save As... option and type a name for the preset.
  • These settings are saved in the Presets menu. To use the new settings, you must select the saved preset option every time you open a program and print.

    Change the product configuration settings

    ############ Mac OS X 10.4

  • 1. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon.
  • 2. Click the Printer Setup button.
  • 3. Click the Installable Options menu.
  • ############ Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6

  • 1. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon.
  • 2. Select the product in the left side of the window.
  • 3. Click the Options & Supplies button.
  • 4. Click the Driver tab.
  • 5. Configure the installed options.
  • Page 43

    ENWW Software for Mac 29

    ##### Print with Mac

    ###### Create and use printing presets with Mac

    Use printing presets to save the current printer driver settings for reuse.

    ######### Create a printing preset

  • 1. On the File menu, click the Print option.
  • 2. Select the driver.
  • 3. Select the print settings that you want to save for reuse.
  • 4. In the Presets menu, click the Save As... option, and type a name for the preset.
  • 5. Click the OK button.
  • ######### Use printing presets

    | | |---|

  • 1. On the File menu, click the Print option.
  • 2. Select the driver.
  • Page 44

  • 3. In the Presets menu, select the printing preset. NOTE: To use printer-driver default settings, select the standard option.
  • ###### Resize documents or print on a custom paper size with Mac

    ############ Mac OS X 10.4, 10.5, and 10.6 1. On the File menu, click the Page Setup option.

    ############# Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6Use one of these methods.

  • Select the product, and then select the correct settings for the Paper Size and Orientation options.
  • 1. On the File menu, click the Print option.
  • 2. Click the Page Setup button.
  • 3. Select the product, and then select the correct settings for the Paper Size and Orientation options.
  • 1. On the File menu, click the Print option.
  • 2. Open the Paper Handling menu.
  • 3. In the Destination Paper Size area, click the Scale to fit paper size box, and then select the size from the drop-down list.
  • ###### Print a cover page with Mac

  • 1. On the File menu, click the Print option.
  • 2. Select the driver.
  • Page 45

  • 3. Open the Cover Page menu, and then select where to print the cover page. Click either the Before Document button or the After Document button.
  • 4. In the Cover Page Type menu, select the message that you want to print on the cover page. NOTE: To print a blank cover page, select the standard option from the Cover Page Type menu.
  • ###### Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper with Mac

  • 1. On the File menu, click the Print option.
  • 2. Select the driver.
  • 3. Open the Layout menu.
  • 4. From the Pages per Sheet menu, select the number of pages that you want to print on each sheet (1, 2, 4, 6, 9, or 16).
  • 5. In the Layout Direction area, select the order and placement of the pages on the sheet.
  • 6. From the Borders menu, select the type of border to print around each page on the sheet.
  • ###### Print on both sides (duplex) with Mac Print on both sides manually

  • 1. Load paper face-up in the input tray.
  • ![image 12](c01760651_images/imageFile12.png)

  • 2. On the File menu, click Print.
  • ENWW Print with Mac 31

    Page 46

  • 3. Mac OS X v10.4: In the Layout drop-down list, select the Long-edged binding item or the Short-edged binding item.
  • -orMac OS X v10.5 and v10.6: Click the Two-sided check box.

  • 4. Click Print. Follow the instructions in the dialog box that opens on the computer screen before placing the output stack in the tray for printing the second half.
  • 5. Retrieve the printed stack from the output bin, and, maintaining the paper orientation, place it with the printed-side facing down in the input tray.
  • ![image 13](c01760651_images/imageFile13.png)

  • 6. At the computer, click the Continue button to print the second side of the job.
  • ##### Fax with Mac (M1210 Series only)

  • 1. In the software program, on the File menu, select Print.
  • 2. Click PDF, and then select Fax PDF.
  • 3. Enter a fax number in the To field.
  • 4. To include a fax cover page, select Use Cover Page, and then enter the cover page subject and message (optional).
  • 5. Click Fax.
  • ENWW Fax with Mac (M1210 Series only) 33

    ##### Scan with Mac

    Use the HP Director software to scan images to a Mac computer.

    Page 47

    ######### Use page-by-page scanning

  • 1. Load the original that is to be scanned face-down in the document feeder.
  • 2. Click the HP Director icon in the dock.
  • 3. Click the HP Director, and then click Scan to open the HP dialog box.
  • 4. Click Scan.
  • 5. To scan multiple pages, load the next page and click Scan. Repeat until all pages are scanned.
  • 6. Click Finish, and then click Destinations.
  • Scan to file

  • 1. In Destinations, choose Save To File(s).
  • 2. Name the file and specify the destination location.
  • 3. Click Save. The original is scanned and saved.
  • Scan to e-mail

  • 1. In Destinations, choose E-mail.
  • 2. A blank e-mail opens with the scanned document as an attachment.
  • 3. Enter an e-mail recipient, add text, or other attachments, then click Send.
  • 5 Connect the product

    Page 48

  • ● Supported network operating systems
  • ● Connect with USB
  • ● Connect to a network (M1210 Series only)
  • ENWW 35

    Supported network operating systems NOTE: Only the M1210 Series series supports network functions. The following operating systems support network printing:

    | | |---|

  • ● Windows 7
  • ● Windows Vista (Starter Edition, 32-bit, and 64-bit)
  • ● Windows XP (32-bit, Service Pack 2)
  • ● Windows XP (64-bit, Service Pack 1)
  • ● Windows Server 2003 (Service Pack 1)
  • ● Windows Server 2008 (32-bit and 64-bit)
  • ● Mac OS X v10.4, v10.5, and v10.6
  • ###### Printer sharing disclaimer

    Page 49

    HP does not support peer-to-peer networking, as the feature is a function of Microsoft operating systems and not of the HP printer drivers. Go to Microsoft at www.microsoft.com.

    ##### Connect with USB

    This product supports a USB 2.0 connection. You must use an A-to-B type USB cable that is no longer than 2 meters (6.56 feet).

    ###### CD installation

  • 1. Insert the software installation CD into the computer CD drive. NOTE: Do not connect the USB cable until prompted.
  • 2. If the installation program does not open automatically, browse the CD contents and run the SETUP.EXE file.
  • 3. Follow the onscreen instructions for installing the software. When you use the CD to install the software, you can select the following types of installations:
  • | | |---|

  • ● Easy Install (recommended) You are not prompted to accept or make changes to defaults.
  • ● Advanced Install You are prompted to accept or make changes to defaults.
  • ENWW Connect with USB 37

    ##### Connect to a network (M1210 Series only)

    Page 50

    ###### Supported network protocols

    To connect a networking-equipped product to your network, you need a network that uses the following protocol.

    ● Functional wired TCP/IP network

    ###### Install the product on a wired network

    You can install the product on a network by using the product CD. Before you begin the installation process, do the following:

  • 1. Connect the CAT-5 Ethernet cable to an available port on the Ethernet hub or router. Do not connect the cable to an uplink port on the hub or router.
  • 2. Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the back of the product.
  • 3. Verify that one of the network lights (10 or 100) is illuminated on the network port located on the back of the product.
  • | | | | |---|---|---| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |

    Page 51

    | | | | |---|---|---| | | | |

    ![image 14](c01760651_images/imageFile14.png)

    ######### CD installation on a wired network

    | | |---|

    NOTE: When you use the CD to install the software, you can select the Easy Install (recommended) or the Advanced Install (you are prompted to accept or make changes to defaults) installation type.

  • 1. Insert the software installation CD into the computer CD drive.
  • 2. If the installation program does not open automatically, browse the CD contents and run the SETUP.EXE file.
  • 3. Follow the on-screen instructions for setting up the product and installing the software. NOTE: Make sure that you select Connect via the Network when prompted.
  • | | |---|

    ###### Configure network settings View or change network settings

    Page 52

    Use the embedded Web server to view or change IP configuration settings.

  • 1. Print a configuration page, and locate the IP address.
  • ● If you are using IPv4, the IP address contains only digits. It has this format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
  • ● If you are using IPv6, the IP address is a hexadecimal combination of characters and digits. It has a format similar to this: xxxx::xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx
  • 2. To open the embedded Web server, type the IP address into the address line of a Web browser.
  • 3. Click the Networking tab to obtain network information. You can change settings as needed.
  • ######## Set or change the network password

    Use the embedded Web server to set a network password or change an existing password.

  • 1. Open the embedded Web server, click the Networking tab, and click the Password link.
  • NOTE: If a password has previously been set, you are prompted to type the password. Type the password, and then click the Apply button.

  • 2. Type the new password in the Password box and in the Confirm Password box.
  • 3. At the bottom of the window, click the Apply button to save the password.
  • | | |---|

    Page 53

    ######## IP address

    The product IP address can be set manually, or it can be configured automatically using DHCP, BootP, or AutoIP.

    To change the IP address manually, use the Networking tab in the embedded Web server.

    Link speeds and duplex settings NOTE: In this section duplex refers to bi-directional communication, not two-sided printing. Use the Networking tab in the embedded Web server to set the link speed if necessary. Incorrect changes to the link speed setting might prevent the product from communicating with other network devices. For most situations, leave the product in automatic mode. Changes can cause the product to turn off, and then on. Make changes only when the product is idle.

    | | |---|

    ENWW Connect to a network (M1210 Series only) 39

    6 Paper and print media

  • ● Understand paper use
  • ● Change the printer driver to match the paper type and size
  • ● Supported paper sizes
  • ● Supported paper types
  • Page 54

  • ● Load paper trays
  • ● Configure trays
  • ENWW 41

    ##### Understand paper use

    This product supports a variety of paper and other print media in accordance with the guidelines in this user guide. Paper or print media that does not meet these guidelines might cause poor print quality, increased jams, and premature wear on the product.

    For best results, use only HP-brand paper and print media designed for laser printers or multiuse. Do not use paper or print media made for inkjet printers. HP Company cannot recommend the use of other brands of media because HP cannot control their quality.

    Store paper in the original package to prevent exposing the paper to moisture and other damage. Do not open the package until you are ready to use the paper.

    It is possible for paper to meet all of the guidelines in this user guide and still not produce satisfactory results. This might be the result of improper handling, unacceptable temperature and/or humidity levels, or other variables over which HP has no control.

    CAUTION: Using paper or print media that does not meet HP's specifications might cause problems for the product, requiring repair. This repair is not covered by the HP warranty or service agreements.

    ###### Special paper guidelines

    This product supports printing on special media. Use the following guidelines to obtain satisfactory results. When using special paper or print media, be sure to set the type and size in the printer driver to obtain the best results.

    CAUTION: HP LaserJet products use fusers to bond dry toner particles to the paper in very precise dots. HP laser paper is designed to withstand this extreme heat. Using inkjet paper could damage the product.

    Media type Do Do not Envelopes ● Store envelopes flat.

    Page 55

  • ● Do not use envelopes that are wrinkled, nicked, stuck together, or otherwise damaged.
  • ● Do not use envelopes that have clasps, snaps, windows, or coated linings.
  • ● Do not use self-stick adhesives or other synthetic materials.
  • ● Use envelopes where the seam extends all the way to the corner of the envelope.
  • ● Use peel-off adhesive strips that are approved for use in laser printers.
  • Labels ● Use only labels that have no exposed backing between them.

  • ● Use labels that lie flat.
  • ● Use only full sheets of labels.
  • Transparencies ● Use only transparencies that are approved for use in laser printers.

  • ● Do not use labels that have wrinkles or bubbles, or are damaged.
  • ● Do not print partial sheets of labels.
  • ● Do not use transparent print media not approved for laser printers.

    ● Place transparencies on a flat surface after removing them from the product.

    Page 56

    Letterhead or preprinted forms ● Use only letterhead or forms approved for use in laser printers.

    ● Do not use raised or metallic letterhead.

    Media type Do Do not Heavy paper ● Use only heavy paper that is

    ● Do not use paper that is heavier than the recommended media specification for this product unless it is HP paper that has been approved for use in this product.

    approved for use in laser printers and meets the weight specifications for this product.

    Glossy or coated paper ● Use only glossy or coated paper that is approved for use in laser printers.

    ● Use coated paper in the temperature and humidity range for this product.

    All paper types ● Store paper in the original packaging.

    ● Store paper in a dust-free area.

  • ● Do not use glossy or coated paper designed for use in inkjet products.
  • ● Do not use coated paper in extremely high or low humidity environments.
  • ● Do not use paper that is curled.
  • ● Do not use paper that has been stored in a humid environment.
  • Page 57

    ENWW Understand paper use 43

    ##### Change the printer driver to match the paper type and size

    ######### Change the paper size and type (Windows)

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.
  • 4. Select a size from the Paper size drop-down list.
  • 5. Select a paper type from the Paper type drop-down list.
  • 6. Click the OK button.
  • ######### Change the paper size and type (Mac)

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click the Print option.
  • 2. In the Copies & Pages menu, click the Paper Handling menu.
  • 3. Select a size from the Paper Size drop-down list, and then click the OK button.
  • 4. Open the Paper menu.
  • 5. Select a type from the Type is drop-down list.
  • 6. Click the Print button.
  • Supported paper sizes This product supports various paper sizes, and it adapts to various media. NOTE: To obtain best print results, select the appropriate paper size and type in your print driver before printing.

    Page 58

    | | |---|

  • Table 6-1 Supported paper and print media sizes Size Dimensions Input tray Document feeder Letter 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 in)
  • Legal 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in)

  • A4 210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.69 in)
  • Executive 184 x 267 mm (7.25 x 10.5 in)

  • A5 148 x 210 mm (5.83 x 8.27 in)
  • A6 105 x 148 mm (4.13 x 5.83 in)
  • B5 (JIS) 182 x 257 mm (7.17 x 10.12 in)

    16k 184 x 260 mm (7.24 x 10.23 in) 195 x 270 mm (7.68 x 10.62 in) 197 x 273 mm (7.75 x 10.75 in)

    Custom Minimum: 76 x 127 mm (3 x 5 in) Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14.0 in)

    Minimum: 147 x 211 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in)

    Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14.0 in)

    Page 59

  • Table 6-2 Supported envelopes and postcards Size Dimensions Input tray Envelope #10 105 x 241 mm (4.13 x 9.49 in)
  • Envelope DL 110 x 220 mm (4.33 x 8.66 in)

    Envelope C5 162 x 229 mm (6.93 x 9.84 in)

    Envelope B5 176 x 250 mm (6.7 x 9.8 in)

    Envelope Monarch 98 x 191 mm (3.9 x 7.5 in)

    Postcard (JIS) 100 x 148 mm (3.94 x 5.83 in)

    Double postcard (JIS) 148 x 200 mm (5.83 x 7.87 in)

    ENWW Supported paper sizes 45

    ##### Supported paper types

    For a complete list of specific HP-brand paper that this product supports, go to www.hp.com/support/ ljm1130series or www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series.

    Input tray The input tray supports the following paper types:

  • ● Plain
  • ● Light (60-74 g/m2)
  • Page 60

  • ● Mid-Weight (96-110 g/m2)
  • ● Heavy (111-130 g/m2)
  • ● Extra Heavy (131-175 g/m2)
  • ● Transparency
  • ● Labels
  • ● Letterhead
  • ● Envelope
  • ● Preprinted
  • ● Prepunched
  • ● Color
  • ● Bond
  • ● Recycled
  • ● Rough
  • ● Vellum
  • Document feeder The document feeder supports paper types that are within the following weight range:

    ● 60-90 g/m2 (16-24 lb bond)

    ##### Load paper trays

    ###### Load the input tray

    | | |---|

    Page 61

    NOTE: When you add new media, make sure that you remove all of the media from the input tray and straighten the stack of new media. Do not fan the media. This reduces jams by preventing multiple sheets of media from feeding through the product at one time.

  • 1. Load the paper face-up, top forward in the input tray.
  • ![image 15](c01760651_images/imageFile15.png)

  • 2. Adjust the guides until they are snug against the paper.
  • ![image 16](c01760651_images/imageFile16.png)

    ###### Tray adjustment for short media

    To print on media shorter than 185 mm (7.28 in), use the short media extender to adjust your input tray.

  • 1. Remove the short media extender tool from the storage slot on the left side of the media input area.
  • ![image 17](c01760651_images/imageFile17.png)

  • 2. Attach the tool to the front media guide.
  • ![image 18](c01760651_images/imageFile18.png)

  • 3. Insert the paper into the product, and adjust the side media guides so they are snug against the paper.
  • Page 62

    ![image 19](c01760651_images/imageFile19.png)

    ########## 4. Push the paper into the product until it stops, andthen slide the front media guide so the toolsupports the paper.

    ########## 5. When finished printing with short media, removethe short media extender tool, and then place itback in the storage slot.

    ![image 20](c01760651_images/imageFile20.png)

    ###### Load the document feeder (M1210 Series only)

    | | |---|

    NOTE: When you add new media, make sure that you remove all of the media from the input tray and straighten the stack of new media. Do not fan the media. This reduces jams by preventing multiple sheets of media from feeding through the product at one time.

    CAUTION: To prevent damage to the product, do not load an original document that contains correction tape, correction fluid, paper clips, or staples. Also, do not load photographs, small originals, or fragile originals into the document feeder.

  • 1. Insert the originals into the document feeder face-up.
  • ![image 21](c01760651_images/imageFile21.png)

  • 2. Adjust the guides until they are snug against the paper.
  • Page 63

    ![image 22](c01760651_images/imageFile22.png)

    ###### Tray and bin capacity

    Tray or bin Paper type Specifications Quantity Input tray Paper Range:

    150 sheets of 60 g/m2 (16 lb) bond

    60 g/m2 (16 lb) bond to 163 g/m2 (43 lb) bond

    Envelopes 60 g/m2 (16 lb) bond to 90 g/m2 (24 lb) bond

    Up to 10 envelopes

    Transparencies Minimum 0.13 mm (0.005 in) thick Up to 75 transparencies Output bin Paper Range:

    Up to 100 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb) bond

    60 g/m2 (16 lb) bond to 163 g/m2 (43 lb) bond

    Envelopes Less than 60 g/m2 (16 lb) bond to 90 g/m2 (24 lb) bond

    Up to 10 envelopes

    Document feeder (M1210 Series only)

    Page 64

    Transparencies Minimum 0.13 mm (0.005 in) thick Up to 75 transparencies

    Paper Range:

    Up to 35 sheets

    60 g/m2 (16 lb) bond to 90 g/m2 (24 lb) bond

    ###### Paper orientation for loading trays

    If you are using paper that requires a specific orientation, load it according to the information in the following table.

    Paper type How to load paper Preprinted or letterhead ● Face up

  • ● Top edge leading into the product Prepunched ● Face up
  • ● Holes toward the left side of the product Envelope ● Face up
  • ● Left short edge leading into the product
  • ##### Configure trays

    ###### Change the default paper-size setting (M1130 Series)

  • 1. Use the printer driver to change the default settings. Follow the appropriate procedure, depending on the operating system you are using. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the default Start menu view)
  • Page 65

  • a. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
  • b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties.
  • c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the Classic Start menu view) a. Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers. b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties. c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows Vista
  • a. Click Start, click Control Panel, and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer.
  • b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties.
  • c. Click the Device Settings tab. Mac OS X 10.4
  • a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon.
  • b. Click the Printer Setup button. Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6
  • a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon.
  • b. Select the product in the left side of the window.
  • c. Click the Options & Supplies button.
  • d. Click the Driver tab.
  • 2. Select the appropriate paper size.
  • ###### Change the default paper-size setting (M1210 Series)

  • 1. Press the Setup button.
  • Page 66

  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the System setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Paper setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Def. paper size menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select a size, and then press the OK button.
  • ###### Change the default paper-type setting (M1130 Series)

    You cannot set a default paper type for this model.

    ###### Change the default paper-type setting (M1210 Series)

  • 1. Press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the System setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Paper setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Def. paper type menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select a type, and then press the OK button.
  • ENWW Configure trays 53

    7 Print tasks

  • ● Cancel a print job
  • ● Print with Windows
  • Page 67

    ENWW 55

    ##### Cancel a print job

  • 1. If the print job is currently printing, cancel it by pressing the Cancel button on the product control panel. NOTE: Pressing the Cancel button clears the job that the product is currently processing. If more than one process is running, pressing the Cancel button clears the process that currently appears on the product control panel.
  • 2. You can also cancel a print job from a software program or a print queue.
  • | | |---|

  • ● Software program: Typically, a dialog box appears briefly on the computer screen, allowing you to cancel the print job.
  • ● Windows print queue: If a print job is waiting in a print queue (computer memory) or print spooler, delete the job there.
  • ◦ Windows XP, Server 2003, or Server 2008: Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers and Faxes. Double-click the product icon to open the window, right-click the print job that you want to cancel, and then click Cancel.
  • ◦ Windows Vista: Click Start, click Control Panel, and then, under Hardware and Sound, click Printer. Double-click the product icon to open the window, right-click the print job that you want to cancel, and then click Cancel.
  • ● Macintosh print queue: Open the print queue by double-clicking the product icon in the dock. Highlight the print job, and then click Delete.
  • ##### Print with Windows

    Page 68

    ###### Open the printer driver with Windows

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • ![image 23](c01760651_images/imageFile23.png)

    | | |---|

  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • ![image 24](c01760651_images/imageFile24.png)

    | | |---|

    ###### Get help for any printing option with Windows

  • Click the Help button to open the online Help.
  • ![image 25](c01760651_images/imageFile25.png)

    Page 69

    | | |---|

    ###### Change the number of print copies with Windows

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 3. Click the Advanced tab.
  • 4. In the Copies area, use the arrow buttons to adjust the number of copies. If you are printing multiple copies, click the Collate check box to collate the copies.
  • ###### Print colored text as black with Windows

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 3. Click the Advanced tab.
  • 4. Click the Print All Text as Black check box. Click the OK button.
  • ###### Save custom print settings for reuse with Windows Use a printing quick set

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • ![image 26](c01760651_images/imageFile26.png)

    Page 70

    | | |---|

  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • ![image 27](c01760651_images/imageFile27.png)

    | | |---|

  • 3. In the Print Task Quick Sets drop-down list , select one of the quick sets, and then click the OK button to print the job with the predefined settings.
  • NOTE: The Print Task Quick Sets drop-down list appears on all tabs except the Services tab.

    ![image 28](c01760651_images/imageFile28.png)

    ######## Create a custom printing quick set

  • On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • ![image 29](c01760651_images/imageFile29.png)

    | |

    Page 71

    |---|

    ########## 3. Select the print options for the new quick set.

    ![image 31](c01760651_images/imageFile31.png)

    | | |---|

    ########## 4. Type a name for the new quick set, and click theSave button.

    ![image 32](c01760651_images/imageFile32.png)

    | | |---|

    ###### Improve print quality with Windows Select a page size

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.
  • 4. Select a size from the Size is drop-down list.
  • Page 72

    ######### Select a custom page size

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.
  • 4. Click the Custom button. The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens.
  • 5. Type a name for the custom size, specify the dimensions, and then click the Save button.
  • 6. Click the Close button, and then click the OK button.
  • ######## Select a paper type

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.
  • 4. Select a type from the Type is drop-down list.
  • ######## Select the print resolution

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.
  • 4. In the Print Quality area, select an option from the drop-down list. See the printer-driver online Help for information about each of the available options. NOTE: To use a draft-quality resolution, in the Print Quality area, click the EconoMode check box.
  • Page 73

    | | |---|

    ###### Print on preprinted letterhead or forms with Windows

  • On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • ![image 33](c01760651_images/imageFile33.png)

    | | |---|

    ######### 3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.

    ![image 35](c01760651_images/imageFile35.png)

    ########## 4. From the Type is drop-down list, select the type

    of paper you are using, and click the OK button.

    ![image 36](c01760651_images/imageFile36.png)

    ###### Print on special paper, labels, or transparencies with Windows

    Page 74

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • ![image 37](c01760651_images/imageFile37.png)

    | | |---|

  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • ![image 38](c01760651_images/imageFile38.png)

    | | |---|

  • 3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.
  • ![image 39](c01760651_images/imageFile39.png)

  • 4. From the Type is drop-down list, select the type of paper you are using, and click the OK button.
  • ![image 40](c01760651_images/imageFile40.png)

    Page 75

    ###### Print the first or last page on different paper with Windows

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • ![image 41](c01760651_images/imageFile41.png)

    | | |---|

    ########## 2. Select the product, and then click the Propertiesor Preferences button.

    ######### 3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.

    ########## 4. Click the Use Different Paper/Covers check box,and then select the necessary settings for thefront cover, other pages, and back cover.

    ![image 42](c01760651_images/imageFile42.png)

    | | |---|

    ![image 43](c01760651_images/imageFile43.png)

    Page 76

    ![image 44](c01760651_images/imageFile44.png)

    | | |---|

    ###### Scale a document to fit page size

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • ![image 45](c01760651_images/imageFile45.png)

    | | |---|

  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties
  • ######### or Preferences button.

    ![image 46](c01760651_images/imageFile46.png)

    | | |---|

    Page 77

  • 3. Click the Effects tab.
  • ![image 47](c01760651_images/imageFile47.png)

    | | |---|

  • 4. Select the Print Document On option, and then
  • select a size from the drop-down list.

    ![image 48](c01760651_images/imageFile48.png)

    | | |---|

    ###### Add a watermark to a document with Windows

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 3. Click the Effects tab.
  • 4. Select a watermark from the Watermarks drop-down list.
  • Page 78

    To print the watermark on the first page only, click the First Page Only check box. Otherwise, the watermark is printed on each page.

    ###### Print on both sides (duplex) with Windows Manually print on both sides (duplex) with Windows

  • 1. Load paper face-up in the input tray.
  • ![image 49](c01760651_images/imageFile49.png)

  • 2. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • ![image 50](c01760651_images/imageFile50.png)

    | | |---|

  • 3. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • ![image 51](c01760651_images/imageFile51.png)

    | | |---|

    Page 79

    ########## 4. Click the Finishing tab.

    ########## 5. Select the Print on both sides (manually) checkbox. Click the OK button to print the first side ofthe job.

    ########## 6. Retrieve the printed stack from the output bin,and, maintaining the paper orientation, place itwith the printed-side facing down in the inputtray.

    ########## 7. At the computer, click the Continue button toprint the second side of the job.

    ![image 52](c01760651_images/imageFile52.png)

    | | |---|

    ![image 53](c01760651_images/imageFile53.png)

    | | |---|

    ![image 54](c01760651_images/imageFile54.png)

    ###### Create a booklet with Windows

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • Page 80

    ![image 55](c01760651_images/imageFile55.png)

    | | |---|

  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • ![image 56](c01760651_images/imageFile56.png)

    | | |---|

  • 3. Click the Finishing tab.
  • ![image 57](c01760651_images/imageFile57.png)

    | | |---|

  • 4. Click the Print on both sides (manually) check box.
  • Page 81

    ![image 58](c01760651_images/imageFile58.png)

    | | |---|

  • 5. In the Booklet Printing drop-down list, select a binding option. The Pages per sheet option automatically changes to 2 pages per sheet.
  • ![image 59](c01760651_images/imageFile59.png)

    | | |---|

    ###### Use HP ePrint

    HP ePrint is a suite of Web-based printing services that enable a supported HP product to print documents of the following types:

  • ● E-mail messages and attachments sent directly to the HP product’s e-mail address
  • ● Documents from select mobile device print applications
  • ######## Use HP Cloud Print

    Use HP Cloud Print to print e-mail messages and attachments by sending them to the product's e-mail address from any e-mail enabled device.

    Page 82

    | | |---|

    NOTE: The product must be connected to a wired or wireless network. To use HP Cloud Print, you must first have access to the Internet and enable HP Web Services.

  • 1. Enable HP Web Services from the product control panel by following these steps:
  • a. At the Home screen on the product control panel, press the
  • | | |---|

    button.

  • b. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the HP Web Services menu, and then press the OK button.
  • c. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the Enable Web Services option, and then press the OK button. An information page prints.
  • 2. For advanced configuration options, enable HP Web Services in the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) by following these steps:
  • a. After the product is connected to the network, print a configuration page and identify the product IP address.
  • b. At your computer, open a Web browser and enter the product IP address into the address line. The HP EWS appears.
  • Page 83

  • c. Click the HP Web Services tab. If your network does not use a proxy server to access the Internet, proceed to the next step. If your network uses a proxy server to access the Internet, follow these instructions before proceeding to the next step:
  • i. Select the Proxy Settings tab.
  • ii. Select the Check this box if your network uses a proxy server to access the Internet check box.
  • iii. In the Proxy Server field, enter the proxy server address and port number, and then click the Apply button.
  • d. Select the HP Web Services tab and click the Enable button. The product configures the connection to the Internet, and then a message appears informing you that an information sheet will be printed.
  • e. Click the OK button. An information page prints out. On the information page, look for the e-mail address that is automatically assigned to the product.
  • 3. To print a document, attach it to an e-mail message, and then send the message to the product's e-mail address. Go to www.hpeprintcenter.com for a list of supported document types
  • 4. Optionally, use the HP ePrintCenter Web site to define security settings and to configure default print settings for all HP ePrint jobs sent to this product:
  • a. Open a Web browser and go to www.hpeprintcenter.com.
  • b. Click Sign In, and enter your HP ePrintCenter credentials or sign up for a new account.
  • c. Select your product from the list, or click the + Add printer button to add it. To add the product, you need the product code, which is the segment of the product e-mail address that is before the @ symbol.
  • NOTE: This code is valid for only 24 hours from the time you enable HP Web Services. If it expires, follow the instructions to enable HP Web Services again, and obtain a new code.

  • d. Click the Setup button. The HP ePrint Settings dialog box appears. Three tabs are available:
  • Page 84

    | | |---|

  • ● Allowed Senders. To prevent your product from printing unexpected documents, click the Allowed Senders tab. Click Allowed Senders Only, and then add the e-mail addresses from which you want to allow ePrint jobs.
  • ● Print Options. To set up default settings for all ePrint jobs sent to this product, click the Print Options tab, and then select the settings that you want to use.
  • ● Advanced. To change the product’s e-mail address, click the Advanced tab.
  • ######## Use HP Direct Print (wireless models only)

    Use HP Direct Print to print directly to the product from any mobile device (such as a smart phone, net book, or laptop computer).

    | | |---|

    NOTE: No setup is necessary, but HP Direct Print must be enabled. Your mobile device must have an HP print application installed.

  • 1. To enable HP Direct Print from the product control panel, follow these steps: a. Use the arrow buttons to select the Network config. menu, and then press the OK button. b. Use the arrow buttons to select the Wireless Menu, and then press the OK button. c. Use the arrow buttons to select the Wireless Direct, and then press the OK button.
  • 2. For advanced configuration options, enable HP Web Services in the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) by following these steps:
  • a. After the product is connected to the network, print a configuration page and identify the product IP address.
  • b. At your computer, open a Web browser and enter the product IP address into the address line. The HP EWS screen appears.
  • c. Click the Networking tab.
  • d. On the Networking page, click the check box, enter the network name (SSID), and then click the Apply button. The IP address of the mobile device appears in the Networking page.
  • Page 85

    NOTE: To find the network name (SSID), click the Wireless Configuration menu in the Networking page.

  • 3. To print a document from an application, select File, and then select Print.
  • | | |---|

    | | |---|

    NOTE: If only one product that supports HP Direct Print is connected to the wireless network, the document prints. If more than one product that supports HP Direct Print is connected, a list of products appears; you must select your product before proceeding to the next step. If no product is discovered, you are prompted to search for ePrint or local products.

    ######## Use AirPrint

    Direct printing using Apple’s AirPrint is supported for iOS 4.2 or later. Use AirPrint to print directly to the product from an iPad (iOS 4.2), iPhone (3GS or later), or iPod touch (third generation or later) in the following applications:

  • ● Mail
  • ● Photos
  • | |

    Page 86

    |---|

  • ● Safari
  • ● Select third-party applications NOTE: The product must be connected to a wired or wireless network. To print, follow these steps:
  • 1. Tap the action item.
  • ![image 60](c01760651_images/imageFile60.png)

  • 2. Tap Print.
  • NOTE: If you are printing for the first time, or if your previously selected product is not available, you must select a product before proceeding to the next step.

  • 3. Configure the print options and then tap Print.
  • | | |---|

    ###### Print multiple pages per sheet with Windows

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • Page 87

    ![image 61](c01760651_images/imageFile61.png)

    | | |---|

  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • ![image 62](c01760651_images/imageFile62.png)

    | | |---|

    ########## 4. Select the number of pages per sheet from thePages per sheet drop-down list.

    ![image 64](c01760651_images/imageFile64.png)

    | | |---|

    ######### 5. Select the correct Print page borders, Pageorder, and Orientation options.

    ![image 65](c01760651_images/imageFile65.png)

    Page 88

    ###### Select page orientation with Windows

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • ![image 66](c01760651_images/imageFile66.png)

    | | |---|

  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties
  • ######### or Preferences button.

    ![image 67](c01760651_images/imageFile67.png)

    | | |---|

    ########## 4. In the Orientation area, select the Portrait or Landscape option. To print the page image upside down, select the Rotate by 180 degrees option.

    ![image 69](c01760651_images/imageFile69.png)

    Page 89

    | | |---|

    8Copy

  • ● Use copy functions
  • ● Copy settings
  • ● Copy on both sides (duplex)
  • ENWW 79

    ##### Use copy functions

    ###### One-touch copy

  • 1. Load the document onto the scanner glass or into the document feeder (M1210 Series).
  • ![image 70](c01760651_images/imageFile70.png)

  • 2. Press the Start Copy button to start copying.
  • 3. Repeat the process for each copy.
  • Page 90

    ###### Multiple copies Create multiple copies (M1130 Series)

  • 1. Load the document onto the scanner glass.
  • ![image 71](c01760651_images/imageFile71.png)

  • 2. Press the Setup
  • button, and make sure that the Number of Copies light is on.

    | | |---|

  • 3. Press the arrow buttons to adjust the number of copies.
  • 4. Press the Start Copy button to start copying.
  • ######## Create multiple copies (M1210 Series)

  • 1. Load the document onto the scanner glass or into the document feeder.
  • ![image 72](c01760651_images/imageFile72.png)

    Page 91

  • 2. Use the keypad to enter the number of copies.
  • 3. Press the Start Copy button to start copying.
  • ###### Copy a multiple-page original

    M1130 Series: Load the first page onto the scanner glass, and press the Start Copy button. Repeat this process for each page.

    M1210 Series: Load a stack of original documents into the document feeder, and press the Start Copy button.

    ###### Copy identification cards (M1210 Series only)

    Use the ID copy feature to copy both sides of identification cards, or other small-size documents, onto the same side of one sheet of paper. The product scans half of the image area, prompts you to turn the document over, and then scans again. The product prints both images at the same time.

  • 1. Place the first side of the document face-down on the scanner glass.
  • 2. Press the Copy Settings button three times to open the ID Copy menu. Press the OK button.
  • 3. The product scans the first page of the document and then prompts you to load the next page. Open the scanner lid and turn the document over, place it on a different portion of the scanner glass, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. For multiple-page documents, repeat these steps until you have scanned all the pages.
  • 5. Press the Start Copy button to print the pages.
  • ###### Cancel a copy job Cancel a copy job (M1130 Series)

    ▲ Press the Cancel button on the product control panel.

    Page 92

    | | |---|

    NOTE: If more than one process is running, pressing the Cancel button clears the current process and all pending processes.

    ######## Cancel a copy job (M1210 Series)

  • 1. Press the Cancel button on the product control panel. NOTE: If more than one process is running, pressing the Cancel button clears the current process and all pending processes.
  • 2. Remove the remaining pages from the document feeder.
  • 3. Press the OK button to eject the remaining pages from the document-feeder paper path.
  • | | |---|

    ###### Reduce or enlarge a copy image Reduce or enlarge copies (M1130 Series)

  • 1. Load the document onto the scanner glass.
  • ![image 73](c01760651_images/imageFile73.png)

    Page 93

  • 2. Press the Setup
  • | | |---|

    button repeatedly until the Reduce/Enlarge light is on.

  • 3. Press the up arrow to increase the copy size, or press the down arrow to decrease the copy size.
  • 4. Press the Start Copy button to start copying.
  • ######## Reduce or enlarge copies (M1210 Series)

  • 1. Load the document onto the scanner glass or into the document feeder.
  • ![image 74](c01760651_images/imageFile74.png)

  • 2. Press the Copy Settings button one time to open the Reduce/Enlarge menu.
  • | | | |---|---| | | |

    Page 94

  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the correct reduction or enlargement option, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Press the Start Copy button to start copying.
  • ###### Collate a copy job

    M1130 Series: The product cannot automatically collate copies. Collate copies (M1210 Series)

  • 1. Press the Setup button.
  • | | | |---|---| | | |

  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Copy setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Def. Collation option, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the On option, and then press the OK button.
  • ##### Copy settings

    ###### Change copy quality

    The following copy-quality settings are available:

    Page 95

  • ● Text: Use this setting for documents that contain mostly text. This is the default setting for the M1210 Series models.
  • ● Draft: Use this setting when you are not concerned about the quality of the copy. This setting uses less toner.
  • ● Mixed: Use this setting for documents that contain a mixture of text and graphics. This is the default setting for the M1130 Series models.
  • ● Film photo: Use this setting to copy photographs.
  • ● Picture: Use this setting to copy non-photographic graphics.
  • ######## Change the copy quality setting (M1130 Series)

    | | |---|

    NOTE: For this model, you cannot change the copy-quality setting for individual copy jobs. Use this procedure to change the default copy-quality setting for all copy jobs.

  • 1. Use the printer driver to change the default settings. Follow the appropriate procedure, depending on the operating system you are using. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the default Start menu view) a. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes. b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties. c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the Classic Start menu view)
  • a. Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers.
  • b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties.
  • c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows Vista
  • a. Click Start, click Control Panel, and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer.
  • b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties.
  • c. Click the Device Settings tab.
  • Page 96

  • Mac OS X 10.4 a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon. b. Click the Printer Setup button.
  • Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6 a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon. b. Select the product in the left side of the window. c. Click the Options & Supplies button. d. Click the Driver tab.
  • 2. Select the appropriate Copy Quality setting.
  • ######## Change the copy quality setting (M1210 Series)

  • 1. Press the Copy Settings button two times to open the Copy Quality menu.
  • | | | |---|---| | | |

  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select a copy-quality option, and press the OK button.
  • NOTE: The setting returns to the default value after two minutes.

    ######## Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges

    Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white plastic backing, which can affect performance. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white plastic backing.

    Page 97

  • 1. Use the power switch to turn off the product, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket.
  • ![image 75](c01760651_images/imageFile75.png)

  • 2. Open the scanner lid.
  • 3. Clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.
  • CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the product; these can damage the product. Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen. They might seep and damage the product.

    ![image 76](c01760651_images/imageFile76.png)

  • 4. Dry the glass and white plastic with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.
  • 5. Plug in the product, and then use the power switch to turn on the product.
  • ######## Adjust the lightness or darkness for copies Adjust the lightness or darkness for copies (M1130 Series)

  • 1. Press the Setup button repeatedly until the Lighter/Darker light is on.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to increase or decrease the Lighter/Darker setting.
  • NOTE: The setting returns to the default value after two minutes.

    Page 98

    ######### Adjust the lightness or darkness for copies (M1210 Series)

  • 1. Press the Lighter/Darker button.
  • | | | |---|---| | | |

  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to increase or decrease the Lighter/Darker setting. NOTE: The setting returns to the default value after two minutes.
  • ##### Copy on both sides (duplex)

    ###### Copy a two-sided original to a one-sided document

  • 1. Load the first page of the document onto the scanner glass or into the document feeder (M1210 Series).
  • ![image 77](c01760651_images/imageFile77.png)

  • 2. Press the Start Copy button.
  • 3. Flip the original, and then reload it onto the scanner glass or into the document feeder.
  • 4. Press the Start Copy button.
  • Page 99

  • 5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each page until all of the original document pages have been copied.
  • ###### Copy a two-sided original to a two-sided document

  • 1. Load the first page of the document onto the scanner glass or into the document feeder (M1210 Series).
  • ![image 78](c01760651_images/imageFile78.png)

  • 2. Press the Start Copy button.
  • 3. Flip the original, and then reload it onto the scanner glass or into the document feeder.
  • 4. Remove the copied page from the output bin and place it face down into the input tray.
  • ![image 79](c01760651_images/imageFile79.png)

  • 5. Press the Start Copy button.
  • 6. Remove the copied page from the output bin, and then set it aside for manual collating.
  • 7. Repeat steps 1 through 6, following the original document page order, until all pages of the original are copied.
  • ENWW Copy on both sides (duplex) 91

    Page 100

    9Scan

  • ● Use scan functions
  • ● Scan settings
  • ENWW 93

    ##### Use scan functions

    ###### Scan methods

    Scan jobs can be performed in the following ways.

  • ● Scan from the computer by using HP LaserJet Scan (Windows)
  • ● Scan by using HP Director (Mac)
  • ● Scan from TWAIN-compliant or Windows Imaging Application (WIA)-compliant software Scan by using HP LaserJet Scan (Windows)
  • 1. In the HP program group, select Scan to to start HP LaserJet Scan.
  • 2. Select a scanning destination.
  • 3. Click Scan.
  • ######## NOTE: OK should indicate the action that you want to accomplish. Scan by using HP Director (Mac) Use page-by-page scanning

    Page 101

    | | |---|

  • 1. Load the original that is to be scanned face-down in the document feeder.
  • 2. Click the HP Director icon in the dock.
  • 3. Click the HP Director, and then click Scan to open the HP dialog box.
  • 4. Click Scan.
  • 5. To scan multiple pages, load the next page and click Scan. Repeat until all pages are scanned.
  • 6. Click Finish, and then click Destinations.
  • Scan to file

  • 1. In Destinations, choose Save To File(s).
  • 2. Name the file and specify the destination location.
  • 3. Click Save. The original is scanned and saved.
  • Scan to e-mail

  • 1. In Destinations, choose E-mail.
  • 2. A blank e-mail opens with the scanned document as an attachment.
  • 3. Enter an e-mail recipient, add text, or other attachments, then click Send.
  • Page 102

    ######## Scan by using other software

    The product is TWAIN-compliant and Windows Imaging Application (WIA)-compliant. The product works with Windows-based programs that support TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant scanning devices and with Macintosh-based programs that support TWAIN-compliant scanning devices.

    While you are in a TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant program, you can gain access to the scanning feature and scan an image directly into the open program. For more information, see the Help file or the documentation that came with your TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant software program.

    ######### Scan from a TWAIN-compliant program

    Generally, a software program is TWAIN-compliant if it has a command such as Acquire, File Acquire, Scan, Import New Object, Insert from, or Scanner. If you are unsure whether the program is compliant or you do not know what the command is called, see the software program Help or documentation.

    When scanning from a TWAIN-compliant program, the HP LaserJet Scan software program might start automatically. If the HP LaserJet Scan program starts, you can make changes while previewing the image. If the program does not start automatically, the image goes to the TWAIN-compliant program immediately.

    Start the scan from within the TWAIN-compliant program. See the software program Help or documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.

    ######### Scan from a WIA-compliant program

    WIA is another way to scan an image directly into a software program, such as Microsoft Word. WIA uses Microsoft software to scan, instead of HP LaserJet Scan software.

    Generally, a software program is WIA-compliant if it has a command such as Picture/From Scanner or Camera in the Insert or File menu. If you are unsure whether the program is WIA-compliant, see the software program Help or documentation. Start the scan from within the WIA-compliant program. See the software program Help or documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.

    ######### -Or-

    In the Cameras and Scanner folder, double-click the product icon. This opens the standard Microsoft WIA Wizard, which enables you to scan to a file.

    ###### Cancel a scan

    Page 103

    To cancel a scan job, use one of the following procedures.

  • ● On the product control panel, press the Cancel button.
  • ● Click the Cancel button in the onscreen dialog box.
  • ENWW Use scan functions 95

    ##### Scan settings

    ###### Scan file format

    The default file format of a scanned document or photo depends on the scan type as well as the object being scanned.

    | | |---|

  • ● Scanning a document or a photo to a computer results in the file being saved as a .TIF file.
  • ● Scanning a document to e-mail results in the file being saved as a .PDF file.
  • ● Scanning a photo to e-mail results in the file being saved as a .JPEG file. NOTE: Different file types can be selected when using the scan software program.
  • ###### Scanner resolution and color

    Page 104

    If you are printing a scanned image, and the quality is not what you expected, you might have selected a resolution or color setting in the scanner software that does not match your needs. Resolution and color affect the following features of scanned images:

    | | |---|

  • ● Image clarity
  • ● Texture of gradations (smooth or rough)
  • ● Scan time
  • ● File size Scanning resolution is measured in pixels per inch (ppi). NOTE: Scanning ppi levels are not interchangeable with printing dpi (dots per inch) levels.
  • Color, grayscale, and black and white define the number of colors possible. You can adjust the scanner hardware resolution to up to 1200 ppi. The software can perform an enhanced resolution up to 19,200 ppi. You can set color and grayscale at 1 bit (black and white), or at 8 bit (256 levels of gray or color) to 24 bit (true color).

    | | |---|

    The resolution and color guidelines table lists simple tips that you can follow to meet your scanning needs. NOTE: Setting the resolution and color to a high value can create large files that take up disk space and slow the scanning process. Before setting the resolution and color, determine how you are going to use the scanned image.

    ######## Resolution and color guidelines

    The following table describes the recommended resolution and color settings for different types of scan jobs.

    Intended use Recommended resolution Recommended color settings Fax 150 ppi ● Black and White E-mail 150 ppi ● Black and White, if the image does not require

    Page 105

    smooth gradation

  • ● Grayscale, if the image requires smooth gradation
  • ● Color, if the image is in color
  • Edit text 300 ppi ● Black and White Print (graphics or text) 600 ppi for complex graphics, or if you

  • ● Black and White for text and line art
  • ● Grayscale for shaded or colored graphics and photos
  • ● Color, if the image is in color
  • want to significantly enlarge the document

    300 ppi for normal graphics and text 150 ppi for photos

    Display on screen 75 ppi ● Black and White for text

  • ● Grayscale for graphics and photos
  • ● Color, if the image is in color
  • ######## Color

    Page 106

    You can set the color values to the following settings when scanning.

    Setting Recommended use Color Use this setting for high-quality color photos or documents in which the color is important. Black and White Use this setting for text documents. Grayscale Use this setting when file size is an issue or when you want a document or photograph to be

    scanned quickly.

    ENWW Scan settings 97

    ###### Scan quality

    Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white plastic backing, which can affect performance. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white plastic backing.

  • 1. Use the power switch to turn off the product, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket.
  • ![image 80](c01760651_images/imageFile80.png)

  • 2. Open the scanner lid.
  • 3. Clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.
  • CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the product; these can damage the product. Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen. They might seep and damage the product.

    ![image 81](c01760651_images/imageFile81.png)

  • 4. Dry the glass and white plastic with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.
  • 5. Plug in the product, and then use the power switch to turn on the product.
  • Page 107

    10 Fax (M1210 Series only)

  • ● Fax features
  • ● Set up fax
  • — Install and connect the hardware

  • ○ Connect fax to a telephone line
  • ○ Connect additional devices
  • ○ Setup for stand-alone fax
  • — Configure fax settings

    ○ Use the control panel to set the fax time, date, and header

    — Use the HP Fax Setup Wizard

  • ○ Set fax time, date, and header
  • ○ Use of common localized letters in fax headers
  • Page 108

  • ● Use the phone book
  • — Use the control panel to create and edit the fax phone book

    — Import or export Microsoft Outlook contacts into the fax phone book

    — Use phone-book data from other programs

    — Delete phone book

  • ● Set fax settings
  • — Send fax settings

  • ○ Set special dialing symbols and options
  • ○ Set the dial-tone detection
  • ○ Set autoredial and the time between redials
  • ○ Set light/dark and resolution
  • ○ Cover-page templates
  • Page 109

  • ○ Customize a fax cover sheet
  • — Receive fax settings

  • ○ Set fax forwarding
  • ○ Set the answer mode
  • ○ Block or unblock fax numbers
  • ○ Set the number of rings-to-answer
  • ○ Set distinctive ring
  • ○ Use autoreduction for incoming faxes
  • ○ Set fax reprint settings
  • ○ Set the silence-detect mode
  • ○ Set the fax volume
  • ○ Set stamp-received faxes
  • ○ Set the private receive feature
  • Page 110

    — Set fax polling

  • ● Use fax
  • — Fax software

    ○ Supported fax programs

    — Cancel a fax

  • ○ Cancel the current fax
  • ○ Cancel a pending fax job
  • — Delete faxes from memory

    — Use fax on a DSL, PBX, or ISDN system

  • ○ DSL
  • ○ PBX
  • Page 111

  • ○ ISDN
  • — Use fax on a VoIP service

    — Fax memory

    ○ Fax memory is retained when there is a loss of power

    — Send a fax

  • ○ Fax from the flatbed scanner
  • ○ Fax from the document feeder
  • ○ Manual dial faxing
  • ○ Send a fax from the software
  • ○ Send a fax by dialing from a telephone connected to the fax line
  • ○ Schedule a fax to be sent later
  • ○ Use access codes, credit cards, or calling cards
  • Page 112

    — Receive a fax

  • ○ Print a fax
  • ○ Receive faxes when fax tones are audible on the phone line
  • ○ Receive faxes to a computer
  • ● Solve fax problems
  • — Fax troubleshooting checklist

    — Fax error messages

    ○ Alert and warning messages

    — Fax logs and reports

  • ○ Print all fax reports
  • ○ Print individual fax reports
  • ○ Set the fax activity log to print automatically
  • Page 113

  • ○ Set the fax error report
  • ○ Set the fax confirmation report
  • ○ Include the first page of each fax on the fax confirmation, fax error, and last call reports
  • — Change error correction and fax speed

  • ○ Set the fax-error-correction mode
  • ○ Change the fax speed
  • — Problems sending faxes

    — Problems receiving faxes

  • ● Regulatory information and warranties
  • ##### Fax features

    The product has the following fax features, which are available from the control panel or from the product software.

  • ● Fax Setup Wizard for easy fax configuration
  • Page 114

  • ● Plain-paper analog fax with 35-page document feeder and output tray of up to 100-page paper capacity
  • ● 100-entry phone book
  • ● Automatic redial
  • ● Digital storage of up to 500 fax pages
  • ● Fax forwarding
  • ● Delayed sending of faxes
  • ● Ring features: Configure rings to answer and distinctive ring compatibility (service required through local telecommunications company)
  • ● Fax confirmation report
  • ● Junk fax blocking
  • ● Eight cover page templates available
  • | | |---|

    NOTE: Not all features are listed. The product software might need to be installed for some features to be available.

    ##### Set up fax Install and connect the hardware Connect fax to a telephone line

    The product is an analog device. HP recommends using the product on a dedicated analog telephone line. Connect additional devices

    The product includes two fax ports:

  • ● The “line” port , which connects the product to the wall telephone jack.
  • Page 115

  • ● The “telephone” port , which connects additional devices to the product. Telephones used in conjunction with the product can be employed in two ways:
  • ● An extension phone is a phone plugged into the same phone line at another location.
  • ● A downstream phone is one that is plugged into the product or a device that is plugged into the product.
  • Connect additional devices in the order that is described in the following steps. The output port for each device is connected to the input port of the next, forming a "chain". If you do not want to connect a specific device, skip the step that explains it and continue to the next device.

    NOTE: Do not connect more than three devices to the telephone line. NOTE: Voicemail is not supported with this product.

  • 1. Unplug the power cords for all of the devices that you want to connect.
  • 2. If the product is not yet connected to a telephone line, see the product installation guide before proceeding. The product should already be connected to a telephone jack.
  • 3. Remove the plastic insert from the "telephone" port (the port that is marked with the telephone icon).
  • ![image 82](c01760651_images/imageFile82.png)

    ########## 4. To connect an internal or external modem on a computer, plug one end of a telephone cord into theproduct “telephone” port . Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the modem “line” port.

    ![image 83](c01760651_images/imageFile83.png)

    NOTE: Some modems have a second “line” port to connect to a dedicated voice line. If you have two “line” ports, see your modem documentation to make sure that you connect to the correct “line” port.

    ########## 5. To connect a caller-ID box, plug a telephone cord into the previous device’s “telephone” port. Plug theother end of the telephone cord into the caller-ID box “line” port.

  • 6. To connect an answering machine, plug a telephone cord into the previous device’s “telephone” port. Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the answering machine “line” port.
  • Page 116

  • 7. To connect a telephone, plug a telephone cord into the previous device’s “telephone” port. Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the telephone “line” port.
  • 8. After you have finished connecting additional devices, plug all of the devices into their power sources.
  • ######### Set up fax with a telephone answering machine

  • ● Set the product rings-to-answer setting for at least one ring more than the number of rings for which the answering machine is set.
  • ● If an answering machine is connected to the same telephone line but on a different jack (in another room, for example), it might interfere with the product's ability to receive faxes.
  • ######### Set up fax with an extension phone

    With this setting turned on, you can alert the product to pick up the incoming fax call by pressing 1-2-3 sequentially on the telephone keypad. The default setting is On. Turn this setting off only if you use pulse dialing or if you have a service from your telephone company that also uses the 1-2-3 sequence. The telephone company service does not work if it conflicts with the product.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Extension Phone menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button to save the selection.
  • ######## Setup for stand-alone fax

    Page 117

  • 1. Unpack and set up the product.
  • 2. At the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the System setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Time/Date menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the 12-hour clock or 24-hour clock, and then press the OK button.
  • 6. Use the keypad to enter the current time.
  • 7. Complete one of the following:
  • ● For the 12-hour clock, use the arrow buttons to move past the fourth character. Select 1 for a.m. or 2 for p.m. Press the OK button.
  • ● For the 24-hour clock, press the OK button.
  • 8. Use the keypad to enter the current date. Use two digits to specify the month, day, and year. Press the OK button.
  • 9. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 10. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax header menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 11. Use the keypad to enter your fax number and your company name or header, and then press the OK button.
  • NOTE: The maximum number of characters for the fax number is 20; use up to 25 characters for the company name.

  • 12. Set other settings as necessary to configure for the product environment.
  • | | |---|

    Page 118

    ###### Configure fax settings

    The product fax settings can be set from the control panel, from HP Toolbox, or from HP Director. At the initial set-up process, the HP Fax Setup Wizard can be used to configure the settings.

    In the United States and many other countries/regions, setting the time, date, and other fax header information is a legal requirement.

    ######## Use the control panel to set the fax time, date, and header

    To use the control panel to set the date, time, and header, complete the following steps:

  • 1. At the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the System setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Time/Date menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the 12-hour clock or 24-hour clock, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the keypad to enter the current time.
  • 6. Complete one of the following:
  • ● For the 12-hour clock, use the arrow buttons to move past the fourth character. Select 1 for a.m. or 2 for p.m. Press the OK button.
  • ● For the 24-hour clock, press the OK button.
  • 7. Use the keypad to enter the current date. Use two digits to specify the month, day, and year. Press the OK button.
  • 8. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • Page 119

  • 9. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax header menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 10. Use the keypad to enter your fax number and your company name or header, and then press the OK button.
  • | | |---|

    NOTE: The maximum number of characters for the fax number is 20; use up to 25 characters for the company name.

    ###### Use the HP Fax Setup Wizard

    If you completed the software installation, you are ready to send faxes from your computer. If you did not complete the fax setup process at the time you installed the software, you can complete it at any time by using the HP Fax Setup Wizard.

    ######## Set fax time, date, and header

  • 1. Click Start, and then click Programs.
  • 2. Click HP, click the name of the product, and then click HP Fax Setup Wizard.
  • 3. Follow the onscreen instructions in the HP Fax Setup Wizard to set the time, date, and fax header, as
  • well as several other settings.

    ######## Use of common localized letters in fax headers

    When using the control panel to enter your name in the header or to enter a name for a one-touch key, speed-dial entry, or group-dial entry, press the appropriate alphanumeric button repeatedly until the letter that you need appears. Then, press the right arrow button to select that letter and move to the next space. The following table shows which letters and numbers appear on each alphanumeric button.

    Page 120

    Key number Characters 11 2ABCabc2 3DEFdef3 4GHIghi4 5JKLjkl5

  • 6 M N O m n o 6
  • 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8TUVtuv8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 00
  • ( ) + - . / , “ * & @ #space#,
  • | | |---|

    NOTE: Use the right arrow button to move the cursor on the control panel, and use the left arrow button to delete characters.

    ##### Use the phone book

    You can store frequently dialed fax numbers (up to 100 entries).

    ###### Use the control panel to create and edit the fax phone book

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • | | | |---|---| | | |

    Page 121

  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Phone Book
  • menu, and then press the OK button.

  • Use the arrow buttons to select the Add/Edit
  • menu, and then press the OK button.

  • Enter the fax number and name, and then press
  • the OK button.

    ###### Import or export Microsoft Outlook contacts into the fax phone book

  • 1. Open HP Toolbox.
  • 2. Click Fax, and then click Fax Phone Book.
  • 3. Browse to the program phone book, and then click Import.
  • Use phone-book data from other programs NOTE: Before a phone book from another program can be imported, you must use the export feature in that other program. HP Toolbox can import contact information from other software program phone books. The following table shows which programs are supported for HP Toolbox.

    | | |---|

    Page 122

    ENWW Use the phone book 109

    Program Description Microsoft Outlook Personal Address Book (PAB) entries, Contacts entries, or both combined may be selected. Individuals

    and groups from the PAB are combined with individuals from Contacts only if the combined option is selected.

    If a Contacts entry has both a home and a business fax number, two entries will be displayed. The “name” of these two entries will be modified. “:(B)” will be added to the name in the business entry and “:(H)” will be added to the name in the home entry.

    If a duplicate entry occurs (one from Contacts and one from the PAB with the same name and fax number), a single entry will be displayed. However, if an entry exists in the PAB with a duplicate in Contacts, and the Contacts entry has both a business and a home fax number, all three entries will be displayed.

    Windows Address Book The Windows Address Book (WAB), used by Outlook Express and Internet Explorer, is supported. If an individual has both a home and a business fax number, two entries will be displayed. The “name” of these two entries will be modified. “:(B)” will be added to the name in the business entry and “:(H)” will be added to the name in the home entry.

    Goldmine Goldmine version 4.0 is supported. HP Toolbox imports the file last used by Goldmine. Symantec Act! Act! versions 4.0 and 2000 are supported. HP Toolbox imports the database last used by Act!.

    Delete phone book You can delete all phone book entries that are programmed in the product. CAUTION: After phone book entries are deleted, they cannot be recovered.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • | | | |---|---| | | |

  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Phone Book menu, and then press the OK button.
  • Page 123

  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Delete all option, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Press the OK button to confirm the deletion.
  • ##### Set fax settings Send fax settings Set special dialing symbols and options

    You can insert pauses into a fax number that you are dialing. Pauses are often needed when dialing internationally or connecting to an outside line.

  • ● Insert a dialing pause: Press the Pause # button repeatedly until a comma (,) appears on the controlpanel display, indicating that the pause will occur at that point in the dialing sequence.
  • ● Insert a pause for dial tone: Press the Symbols * button repeatedly until W appears on the controlpanel display to have the product wait for a dial tone before dialing the remainder of the telephone number.
  • ● Insert a hook flash: Press the Symbols * button repeatedly until R appears on the control-panel display to have the product perform a hook flash.
  • ######### Set a dialing prefix

    A dial prefix is a number or group of numbers that are automatically added to the beginning of every fax number you enter at the control panel or from the software. The maximum number of characters for a dial prefix is 50.

    The default setting is Off. You might want to turn this setting on and enter a prefix if, for example, you have to dial a number such as 9 to get a telephone line outside of your company telephone system. While this setting is activated, you can dial a fax number without the dial prefix by using manual dial.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Send setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Dial Prefix menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button.
  • 6. If you selected the On option, use the keypad to enter the prefix, and then press the OK button. You can use numbers, pauses, and dialing symbols.
  • Page 124

    ######## Set the dial-tone detection

    Normally, the product begins dialing a fax number immediately. If you are using the product on the same line as your telephone, turn on the detect-dial-tone setting. This prevents the product from sending a fax while someone is on the telephone.

    The factory-set default for detect dial tone is On for France and Hungary, and Off for all other countries/ regions.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Send setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Detect dial tone menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button.
  • ######### Set tone-dialing or pulse-dialing

    Use this procedure to set the product to tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode. The factory-set default is Tone. Do not change this setting unless you know that the telephone line cannot use tone dialing.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Send setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • Page 125

  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Dialing Mode menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the Tone or Pulse option, and then press the OK button to save the selection.
  • NOTE: The pulse-dialing option is not available in all countries/regions. Set autoredial and the time between redials

    | | |---|

    If the product was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not answer or was busy, the product attempts to redial based on the redial-on-busy, redial-on-no-answer, and redial-on-communicationerror options. Use the procedures in this section to turn these options on or off.

    ######### Set the redial-on-busy option

    If this option is turned on, the product redials automatically if it receives a busy signal. The factory-set default for the redial-on-busy option is On.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Send setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Redial if busy menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button.
  • ######### Set the redial-on-no-answer option

    Page 126

    If this option is turned on, the product redials automatically if the receiving machine does not answer. The factory-set default for the redial-on-no-answer option is Off.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Send setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Redial-no answer menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button.
  • ######### Set the redial-on-communication-error option

    If this option is turned on, the product redials automatically if some sort of communication error occurs. The factory-set default for the redial-on-communication-error option is On.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Send setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Redial Comm. Error menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button.
  • ######## Set light/dark and resolution Set the default light/dark (contrast) setting

    The contrast affects the lightness and darkness of an outgoing fax as it is being sent. The default light/dark setting is the contrast that is normally applied to items that are being faxed. The slider is set to the middle as the default setting.

    Page 127

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Send setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Def. light/dark menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the left arrow button to move the slider to the left to make the fax lighter than the original, or use the right arrow button to move the slider to the right to make the fax darker than the original.
  • 6. Press the OK button to save the selection.
  • Set resolution settings NOTE: Increasing the resolution increases the fax size. Larger faxes increase the send time and could exceed the available memory in the product. The factory-set default resolution setting is Fine. Use this procedure to change the default resolution for all fax jobs to one of the following settings:

    | | |---|

  • ● Standard: This setting provides the lowest quality and the fastest transmission time.
  • ● Fine: This setting provides a higher resolution quality than Standard that is usually appropriate for text documents.
  • ● Superfine: This setting is best used for documents that mix text and images. The transmission time is slower than the Fine setting but faster than the Photo setting.
  • ● Photo: This setting produces the best images, but greatly increases the transmission time.
  • ######### Set the default resolution setting

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • Page 128

  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Send setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Def. Resolution menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to change the resolution setting.
  • 6. Press the OK button to save the selection.
  • Cover-page templates Several business and personal fax cover-page templates are available in the PC Fax Send software program. NOTE: Cover-sheet templates cannot be altered. While fields within the templates may be edited, the templates themselves are fixed forms.

    | | |---|

    ######## Customize a fax cover sheet

  • 1. Open the PC Fax Send software program.
  • 2. In the Fax To section, provide the recipient fax number, name, and company.
  • 3. In the Resolution section, select a resolution setting.
  • 4. In the Include With Fax section, select Cover Page.
  • 5. Add more information in the Notes and Subject text boxes.
  • 6. In the Cover Page Template drop-down box, select a template, and then select Pages in Document Tray.
  • 7. Do one of the following:
  • ● Click Send Now to send the fax without previewing the cover page.
  • ● Click Preview to view the cover page prior to sending the fax.
  • Page 129

    ###### Receive fax settings Set fax forwarding

    You can set your product to forward incoming faxes to another fax number. When the fax arrives at your product, it is stored in the memory. The product then dials the fax number that you have specified and sends the fax. If the product cannot forward a fax because of an error (for example, the number is busy) and repeated redial attempts are unsuccessful, your product prints the fax.

    If the product runs out of memory while receiving a fax, it terminates the incoming fax and only forwards the pages and partial pages that have been stored in the memory.

    When it is using the fax-forwarding feature, the product (rather than the computer) must be receiving the faxes, and the answer mode must be set to Automatic.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Forward fax menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button.
  • 6. If you turn on the fax-forwarding feature, use the keypad to specify the fax number where the fax is to be sent, and then press the OK button to save the selection.
  • ######## Set the answer mode

    Depending on the situation, set the product answer mode to Automatic, TAM, Fax/Tel, or Manual. The factory-set default is Automatic.

  • ● Automatic: The product answers incoming calls after a specified number of rings or upon recognition of special fax tones.
  • ● TAM: The product does not automatically answer the call. Instead, it waits until it detects the fax tone.
  • ● Fax/Tel: The product answers incoming calls immediately. If it detects the fax tone, it processes the call as a fax. If it does not detect the fax tone, it creates an audible ring to alert you to answer the incoming voice call.
  • Page 130

  • ● Manual: The product never answers calls. You must start the fax-receiving process yourself, either by pressing the Send Fax button on the control panel or by picking up a telephone that is connected to that line and dialing 1-2-3.
  • To set or change the answer mode, complete the following steps:

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Press the OK button to select the Answer mode menu.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the answer mode, and then press the OK button.
  • ######## Block or unblock fax numbers

    If you do not want to receive faxes from specific people or businesses, you can block as many as 30 fax numbers by using the control panel. When you block a fax number and someone from that number sends you a fax, the control-panel display indicates that the number is blocked, the fax does not print, and the fax is not saved in memory. Faxes from blocked fax numbers appear in the fax activity log with a “discarded” designation. You can unblock blocked fax numbers individually or all at one time.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: The sender of a blocked fax is not notified that the fax failed. Complete the following steps to block or unblock fax numbers by using the control panel:

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • Page 131

  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Block faxes menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. To block a fax number, use the arrow buttons to select the Add entry option, and then press the OK button. Enter the fax number exactly as it appears in the header (including spaces), and then press the OK button. Enter a name for the blocked number, and then press the OK button.
  • To unblock a single fax number, use the arrow buttons to select the Delete entry option, and then press the OK button. Use the arrow buttons to select the fax number that you want to delete, and then press the OK button to confirm the deletions.

    To unblock all blocked fax numbers, use the arrow buttons to select the Clear all option, and then press the OK button. Press the OK button again to confirm the deletions.

    ######## Set the number of rings-to-answer

    When the answer mode is set to Automatic, the product rings-to-answer setting determines the number of times the telephone rings before the product answers an incoming call.

    If the product is connected to a line that receives both fax and voice calls (a shared line) and that also uses an answering machine, you might need to adjust the rings-to-answer setting. The number of rings-to-answer for the product must be greater than the rings-to-answer on the answering machine. This allows the answering machine to answer the incoming call and record a message if it is a voice call. When the answering machine answers the call, the product listens to the call and automatically answers it if it detects fax tones. The default setting for rings-to-answer is five for the U.S. and Canada, and two for other countries/regions. Use the following table to determine the number of rings-to-answer to use.

    Type of telephone line Recommended rings-to-answer setting Dedicated fax line (receiving only fax calls) Set to a number of rings within the range shown on the control-

    panel display. (The minimum and maximum number of rings allowed varies by country/region.)

    One line with two separate numbers and a ring-pattern service One or two rings. (If you have an answering machine or computer voicemail for the other telephone number, make sure that the product is set to a greater number of rings than the answering system. Also, use the distinctive-ring feature to differentiate between voice and fax calls.)

    Shared line (receiving both fax and voice calls) with only an attached telephone

    Shared line (receiving both fax and voice calls) with an attached answering machine or computer voicemail

    Page 132

    Five rings or more.

    Two rings more than the answering machine or computer voicemail.

    To set or change the number of rings-to-answer, use the following steps:

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Rings to answer menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the keypad to enter the number of rings-to-answer, and then press the OK button.
  • ######## Set distinctive ring

    Ring-pattern or distinctive-ring service is available through some local telephone companies. The service allows you to have more than one telephone number on a single line. Each telephone number has a unique ring pattern, so that you can answer voice calls and the product can answer fax calls.

    If you subscribe to a ring-pattern service with a telephone company, you must set the product to answer the correct ring pattern. Not all countries/regions support unique ring patterns. Contact the telephone company to determine if this service is available in your country/region.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: If you do not have ring-pattern service and you change the ring-pattern settings to something other than the default, All Rings, the product might not be able to receive faxes. The settings are as follows:

    Page 133

  • ● All Rings: The product answers any calls that come through the telephone line.
  • ● Single: The product answers any calls that produce a single-ring pattern.
  • ● Double: The product answers any calls that produce a double-ring pattern.
  • ● Triple: The product answers any calls that produce a triple-ring pattern.
  • ● Double&Triple: The product answers any calls that produce a double-ring or triple-ring pattern. To change ring patterns for call answering, complete the following steps:
  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Answer Ring Type menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the ring pattern that you want, and then press the OK button.
  • 6. After product installation is complete, ask someone to send a fax to you in order to verify that the ringpattern service is working correctly.
  • ######## Use autoreduction for incoming faxes

    If the fit-to-page option is turned on, the product automatically reduces long faxes up to 75% to fit the information on the default paper size (for example, the fax is reduced from legal to letter size).

    If the fit-to-page option is turned off, long faxes print at full size on multiple pages. The factory-set default for incoming fax autoreduction is On.

    If you have the Stamp faxes option turned on, you might also want to turn on autoreduction. This reduces the size of the incoming faxes slightly, and prevents the page-stamp from forcing a fax onto two pages.

    | |

    Page 134

    |---|

    NOTE: Make sure that the default media size setting matches the size of the media that is loaded in the tray.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fit to page menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button to save the selection.
  • ######## Set fax reprint settings

    The default fax reprint setting is On. To change this setting from the control panel, complete the following steps:

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reprint faxes menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button.
  • Page 135

    ######## Set the silence-detect mode

    This setting controls whether or not you can receive faxes from older-model fax machines that do not emit a fax signal during fax transmissions. At the time of this publication, these silent-model fax machines represented very few of the fax machines in use. The default setting is Off. The silence-detect mode setting should be changed only if you regularly receive faxes from someone who uses an older-model fax machine.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Silence detect menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button to save the
  • ######## selection. Set the fax volume

    Control the volume of the fax sounds from the control panel. You can make changes to the following sounds:

  • ● The fax sounds that are associated with incoming and outgoing faxes
  • ● The ring for incoming faxes The factory-set default for the fax-sounds volume is Soft.
  • ######### Set the alert volume, phone-line volume, and ring volume

  • 1. Press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the System setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • Page 136

  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Volume settings menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Alarm volume menu, the Phoneline volume menu, or the Ring volume menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the Off, Soft, Medium, or Loud setting.
  • 6. Press the OK button to save the selection.
  • ######## Set stamp-received faxes

    The product prints the sender identification information at the top of each received fax. You can also choose to stamp the incoming fax with your own header information to confirm the date and time that the fax was received. The factory-set default for stamp-received faxes is Off.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: Turning on the stamp-received setting might increase the page size and cause the product to print a second page.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: This option applies only to received faxes that the product prints.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • Page 137

  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Stamp faxes menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button to save the selection.
  • Set the private receive feature NOTE: The private receive feature does not affect the reprint last fax feature. To limit access to all received faxes, make sure that the Reprint faxes setting is set to Off. When the private-receive feature is activated, received faxes are stored in memory. A personal identification number (PIN) is required to print the stored faxes.

    | | |---|

    ######### Turn on the private receive feature

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Private receive menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On option, and then press the OK button.
  • 6. Use the keypad to enter the product security password, and then press the OK button.
  • 7. To confirm the product security password, use the keypad to re-enter the product security password, and then press the OK button.
  • ######### Turn off the private receive feature

    Page 138

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the keypad to enter the product security password, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the Private receive menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 6. Use the arrow buttons to select the Off option, and then press the OK button.
  • If any unprinted faxes exist in the fax memory, the product will print the faxes and then erase them from memory.

    ###### Set fax polling

    If someone else has set up a fax to be polled, you can request that the fax be sent to your product. (This is known as polling another machine).

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax functions menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Polling receive option, and then press the OK button. The product dials the other fax machine and requests the fax.
  • ##### Use fax Fax software Supported fax programs

    The PC fax program that came with the product is the only PC fax program that works with the product. In order to continue to use a PC fax program previously installed on the computer, it must be used with the modem that is already connected to the computer; it will not function through the product modem.

    Page 139

    ###### Cancel a fax

    Use these instructions to cancel a single fax that is currently dialing or a fax that is being transmitted or received.

    ######## Cancel the current fax

    Press the Cancel button on the control panel. Any pages that have not been transmitted are canceled. Pressing the Cancel button also stops group-dial jobs.

    ######## Cancel a pending fax job

    Use this procedure to cancel a fax job in the following situations:

  • ● The product is waiting to redial after encountering a busy signal, an unanswered call, or a communication error.
  • ● The fax is scheduled to be sent at a future time. Use the following steps to cancel a fax job by using the Fax Job status menu:
  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Job status menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll through pending jobs until you reach the job that you want to clear.
  • 4. Press the OK button to select the job that you want to cancel.
  • 5. Press the OK button to confirm that you want to cancel the job.
  • ###### Delete faxes from memory

    Page 140

    Use this procedure only if you are concerned that someone else has access to your product and might try to reprint faxes from the memory.

    CAUTION: In addition to clearing the reprint memory, this procedure clears any fax that is currently being sent, unsent faxes that are pending redial, faxes that are scheduled to be sent at a future time, and faxes that are not printed or forwarded.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax functions menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Clear saved faxs option, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Press the OK button to confirm the deletion.
  • ###### Use fax on a DSL, PBX, or ISDN system

    HP products are designed specifically for use with traditional analog phone services. They are not designed to work on DSL, PBX, ISDN lines, or VoIP services, but they might work with the proper setup and equipment.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: HP recommends discussing DSL, PBX, ISDN, and VoIP setup options with the service provider.

    The HP LaserJet product is an analog device that is not compatible with all digital phone environments (unless a digital-to-analog converter is used). HP does not guarantee that the product will be compatible with digital environments or digital-to-analog converters.

    ######## DSL

    Page 141

    A digital subscriber line (DSL) uses digital technology over standard copper telephone wires. This product is not directly compatible with digital signals. However, if the configuration is specified during DSL setup, the signal can be separated so that some of the bandwidth is used to transmit an analog signal (for voice and fax) while the remaining bandwidth is used to transmit digital data.

    | | |---|

    | | |---|

    NOTE: Not all faxes are compatible with DSL services. HP does not guarantee that the product will be compatible with all DSL service lines or providers. The DSL modem requires a high-pass filter. The service provider typically provides a low-pass filter, for normal telephone wiring. NOTE: Contact the DSL provider for more information or for assistance.

    ######## PBX

    The product is an analog device that is not compatible in all digital phone environments. Digital-to-analog filters or converters may be needed for faxing functionality. If faxing issues occur in a PBX environment, it might be necessary to contact the PBX provider for assistance. HP does not guarantee that the product will be compatible with digital environments or digital-to-analog converters.

    Contact the PBX provider for more information and for assistance. ISDN

    Contact the ISDN provider for more information and for assistance.

    ###### Use fax on a VoIP service

    Voice over internet protocol (VoIP) services are often not compatible with fax machines unless the provider explicitly states that it supports fax over IP services.

    If the product experiences problems getting a fax to work on a VoIP network, verify that all cables and settings are correct. Decreasing the fax-speed setting might allow the product to send a fax over a VoIP network.

    Page 142

    ###### If faxing problems continue, contact the VoIP provider. Fax memory Fax memory is retained when there is a loss of power

    The flash memory protects against data loss when a power failure occurs. Other fax devices store fax pages in either normal RAM or short-term RAM. Normal RAM immediately loses data when power is lost, while

    short-term RAM loses data about 60 minutes after a power failure occurs. Flash memory can maintain its data for years without power applied.

    ###### Send a fax Fax from the flatbed scanner

  • 1. Place the document face-down on the scanner glass.
  • ![image 84](c01760651_images/imageFile84.png)

  • 2. Press the Setup button.
  • 3. Select the Phone Book menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. From the list, select the phone book entry. If no entry exists, use the keypad on the control panel to dial the number.
  • 5. On the control panel, press the Send Fax button. The product starts the fax job.
  • ######## Fax from the document feeder

  • 1. Insert the originals into the document feeder face-up.
  • NOTE: The document feeder capacity is up to 35 sheets of 75 g/m2 or 20 lb media.

    Page 143

    CAUTION: To prevent damage to the product, do not use an original that contains correction tape, correction fluid, paper clips, or staples. Also, do not load photographs, small originals, or fragile originals into the document feeder.

    ![image 85](c01760651_images/imageFile85.png)

  • 2. Adjust the guides until they are snug against the paper.
  • ![image 86](c01760651_images/imageFile86.png)

  • 3. Press the Setup button.
  • 4. Select the Phone Book menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. From the list, select the phone book entry. If no entry exists, use the keypad on the control panel to dial the number.
  • 6. On the control panel, press the Send Fax button. The product starts the fax job.
  • ######## Manual dial faxing

    Usually, the product dials after you press the Send Fax button. At times, however, you might want the product to dial each number as you press it. For example, if you are charging your fax call to a calling card, you might need to dial the fax number, wait for the acceptance tone of your telephone company, and then dial the calling card number. When dialing internationally, you might need to dial part of the number and then listen for dial tones before continuing to dial.

    ######### Send a fax to a group manually (ad hoc faxing)

    Use the following instructions to send a fax to a group of recipients:

  • 1. Load the document into the document feeder input tray.
  • 2. Press the Setup button.
  • Page 144

  • 3. Select the Phone Book menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. From the list, select the phone book entry. If no entry exists, use the keypad on the control panel to dial the number.
  • 5. To continue dialing numbers, repeat steps 3 and 4. If you are finished dialing numbers, go to the next step.
  • 6. Press the Send Fax button.
  • 7. If you have more pages to scan, press 1 to select the Yes option, and then repeat step 6 for each page of the fax job. If you are finished, press 2 to select the No option.
  • The product sends the fax to each fax number. If a number in the group is busy or does not answer, the product redials that number based on the redial setting. If all redial attempts fail, the product updates the fax activity log by adding the error, and then it proceeds to the next number in the group.

    ######### Manual redial

  • 1. Load the document into the document feeder.
  • 2. On the control panel, press the Redial button.
  • 3. Press the Send Fax button.
  • 4. If you have more pages to scan, press 1 to select the Yes option, and then repeat step 3 for each page of the fax job. If you are finished, press 2 to select the No option.
  • The product sends the fax to the number that it redialed. If the number is busy or does not answer, the product redials the number based on its redial setting. If all redial attempts fail, the product updates the fax activity log by adding the error.

    ######## Send a fax from the software

    Page 145

    The following information provides basic instructions for sending faxes by using the software that came with the product. All other software-related topics are covered in the software Help, which can be opened from the software-program Help menu.

    You can fax electronic documents from a computer if you meet the following requirements:

    ● The product is connected directly to the computer. ● The product software is installed on the computer. ● The computer operating system is Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vista, or Mac OS X 10.4, 10.5, 10.6,

    or later.

    ######### Send a fax from the software (Windows XP or Vista)

    The procedure to send a fax varies according to your specifications. The most typical steps follow.

  • 1. Click Start, click Programs (or All Programs in Windows XP), and then click Hewlett-Packard.
  • 2. Click the product name, and then click Send fax. The fax software appears.
  • 3. Enter the fax number of one or more recipients.
  • 4. Load the document in the document feeder.
  • 5. Include a cover page. (This step is optional.)
  • 6. Click Send Now.
  • Send a fax from the software (Mac OS X 10.4 and later) Using Mac OS X, you can choose between two methods of sending faxes from the product software. To send a fax by using HP Director complete the following steps:

  • 1. Load the document into the document feeder.
  • 2. Open HP Director by clicking the icon in the dock, and then click Fax. The Apple print dialog appears.
  • 3. Select Fax PDF from the PDF pop-up menu.
  • 4. Enter the fax number of one or more recipients under To.
  • Page 146

  • 5. Select the product under Modem.
  • 6. Click Fax. To send a fax by printing to a fax driver, complete the following steps:
  • 1. Open the document that you want to fax.
  • 2. Click File and then click Print.
  • 3. Select Fax PDF from the PDF pop-up menu.
  • 4. Enter the fax number of one or more recipients under To.
  • 5. Select the product under Modem.
  • 6. Click Fax.
  • ######### Send a fax from a third-party software program, such as Microsoft Word (all operating systems)

  • 1. Open a document in a third-party program.
  • 2. Click the File menu, and then click Print.
  • 3. Select the fax print driver from the printer driver drop-down list. The fax software appears.
  • 4. Complete one of the following procedures:
  • ● Windows a. Enter the fax number of one or more recipients. b. Include a cover page. (This step is optional.) c. Include any pages loaded at the product. (This step is optional.) d. Click Send Now.
  • ● Macintosh a. Select Fax PDF from the PDF pop-up menu. b. Enter the fax number of one or more recipients. c. Select the product under Modem. d. Click Fax.
  • Page 147

    ######## Send a fax by dialing from a telephone connected to the fax line

    Occasionally, you might want to dial a fax number from a telephone that is connected to the same line as the product. For example, if you are sending a fax to a person whose device is in the manual receive mode, you can precede the fax with a voice call to let that person know that the fax is coming.

    NOTE: The telephone must be connected to the product "telephone" port .

  • 1. Load the document into the document feeder.
  • 2. Pick up the handset of a telephone that is connected to the same line as the product. Dial the fax number by using the telephone keypad.
  • 3. When the recipient answers, instruct the person to start the fax machine.
  • 4. When you hear the fax tones, press the Send Fax button, wait until Connecting appears on the control-panel display, and then hang up the telephone.
  • ######## Schedule a fax to be sent later

    Use the product control panel to schedule a fax to be sent automatically at a future time to one or more people. When this procedure is completed, the product scans the document into memory and then returns to the Ready state.

    NOTE: If the product cannot transmit the fax at the scheduled time, that information is indicated on the fax error report (if that option is turned on) or recorded in the fax activity log. The transmittal might not be initiated because the fax-sending call is not answered, or because a busy signal stops the redial attempts.

    If a fax has been scheduled to be sent at a future time but it requires updating, send the additional information as another job. All faxes that are scheduled to go to the same fax number at the same time are delivered as individual faxes.

  • 1. Load the document into the document feeder.
  • ![image 87](c01760651_images/imageFile87.png)

  • 2. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • Page 148

    | | | |---|---| | | |

  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax functions menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Send fax later menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the keypad to enter the time.
  • 6. If the product is set to the 12-hour time mode, use the arrow buttons to move the cursor past the fourth character to set A.M. or P.M. Select 1 for A.M. or select 2 for P.M., and then press the OK button. If the product is set to the 24-hour time mode, press the OK button.
  • 7. Press the OK button to accept the default date or use the keypad to enter the date, and then press the OK button.
  • 8. Enter the fax number.
  • NOTE: This feature does not support undefined (ad hoc) groups.

  • 9. Press the OK button or the Send Fax button. The product scans the document into memory and sends it at the designated time.
  • ######## Use access codes, credit cards, or calling cards

    To use access codes, credit cards, or calling cards, dial manually to allow for pauses and dialing codes.

    ######### Send faxes internationally

    To send a fax to an international destination, dial manually to allow for pauses and international dialing codes.

    Page 149

    ###### Receive a fax Print a fax

    When the product receives a fax transmission, it prints the fax (unless the private-receive feature is enabled) and also stores it automatically to flash memory.

    ######### Print a stored fax when the private receive feature is on

    To print stored faxes, you must provide the private-receive PIN. After the product prints the stored faxes, the faxes are deleted from memory.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the keypad to enter the product security PIN, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Recv. setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the Private receive menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 6. Use the arrow buttons to select the Print faxes option, and then press the OK button.
  • ######### Reprint a fax

    If you want to reprint a fax because the print cartridge was empty or if the fax was printed on the wrong type of media, you can try to reprint it. The amount of memory that is available determines the actual number of faxes that are stored for reprinting. The most recent fax prints first; the oldest fax that is in storage prints last.

    These faxes are stored continuously. Reprinting them does not clear them from the memory.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax functions menu, and then press the OK button.
  • Page 150

  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reprint last option, and then press the OK button. The product begins reprinting the most recently printed fax.
  • | | |---|

    NOTE: To stop the printing at any time, press the Cancel button.

    CAUTION: If the Reprint faxes setting is set to Off, misprinted or faded faxes cannot be reprinted. Receive faxes when fax tones are audible on the phone line

    If you have a telephone line that receives both fax and telephone calls, and you hear fax tones when you answer the telephone, you can start the receiving process in one of two ways:

  • ● If you are close to the product, press the Send Fax button on the control panel.
  • ● If not, press 1-2-3 in sequence on the telephone keypad, listen for fax transmission sounds, and then hang up.
  • | | |---|

    NOTE: In order for the second method to work, the Extension Phone setting must be set to Yes.

    ######## Receive faxes to a computer

    Page 151

    | | |---|

    NOTE: Receiving faxes by using a computer is not supported for Macintosh.

    Receiving faxes to a computer is available only if a full software installation was performed during initial product setup.

    To receive faxes to your computer, turn on the receive-to-PC setting in the software.

  • 1. Open HP Toolbox.
  • 2. Select the product.
  • 3. Click Fax.
  • 4. Click Fax Tasks.
  • 5. Under Fax Receive Mode, select Receive faxes to this computer.
  • ######### Turn off the receive-to-PC setting from the control panel

    The receive-to-PC setting can be activated only from one computer. If for any reason that computer is no longer available, you can use the following procedure to turn the receive-to-PC setting off from the control panel.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax functions menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Stop Recv to PC option, and then press the OK button.
  • Page 152

    ######### View a new fax when in receive to PC mode

  • 1. Open HP Toolbox.
  • 2. Select the product.
  • 3. Click Fax.
  • 4. Click Fax Receive Log.
  • 5. In the Fax Image column, click the “view” link of the fax that you want to view.
  • ##### Solve fax problems

    ###### Fax troubleshooting checklist

    Tips for fax troubleshooting:

  • ● Print the menu map from the Reports menu to show the control-panel menus and available settings.
  • ● Try to send or receive a fax after implementing each solution.
  • ● Disconnect all devices except for the product. Verify that the telephone cord from the product is plugged directly into the wall telephone jack.
  • 1. Verify that the product firmware is current:
  • a. Print a configuration page from the Reports menu.
  • b. Go to www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series, and select the operating system that you are using.
  • Page 153

  • c. Scroll to the firmware table, and then compare the current version listed with the version listed on the configuration page. If versions are different, download the newest firmware.
  • d. Print a new configuration page to verify that the firmware is current.
  • 2. Verify that the telephone cord is plugged into the correct port.
  • 3. Verify that the fax is set up. Use the control panel or the HP Fax Setup Wizard to configure the fax time, date, and fax header information.
  • 4. Check the phone line.
  • a. Unplug the telephone cord from the product.
  • b. Plug the telephone cord into a telephone and verify that there is a dial tone.
  • c. Reconnect the telephone cord into the correct port on the product.
  • 5. If using a DSL service, check the installation and features. The DSL modem requires a high-pass filter. The service provider typically provides a low-pass filter, for normal telephone wiring.
  • 6. If using a VoIP service, check the installation and features. The VoIP service might not support fax over IP. If fax over IP is supported, change the Fax Speed setting to Slow(V.29).
  • 7. If you cannot send or receive faxes, do the following:
  • a. Change the error correction settings. NOTE: Changing these settings might reduce image quality.
  • b. Change the Fax Speed setting to Medium(V.17) or Slow(V.29).
  • | | |---|

    Page 154

    ###### Fax error messages

    Alert and warning messages appear temporarily and might require you to acknowledge the message by pressing the OK button to resume or by pressing the Cancel button to cancel the job. With certain warnings, the job might not complete or the print quality might be affected. If the alert or warning message is related to printing and the auto-continue feature is on, the product will attempt to resume printing the job after the warning has appeared for 10 seconds without acknowledgement.

    ######## Alert and warning messages

    Control panel message Description Recommended action Comm. error A fax communication error occurred between

    Allow the product to retry sending the fax. Unplug the product telephone cord from the wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a call. Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line.

    the product and the sender or receiver.

    Fax delayed Send memory full

    Fax is busy Canceled send

    Try a different phone cord. If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Fax memory is full. Cancel the fax by pressing the Cancel button. Resend the fax. You might need to send the fax in multiple sections if the error occurs again.

    The fax line to which you were sending a fax was busy. The product has canceled sending the fax.

    Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready.

    Check that you are dialing the correct fax number.

    Page 155

    Check that the Redial if busy option is enabled. Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing the Send Fax button. Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the product, plugging in a telephone to the phone line, and making a voice call. Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line, and then try sending the fax again. Try a different phone cord. If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Fax is busy Redial pending

    Fax memory full Canceling recv.

    Fax memory full Canceling send

    The fax line to which you were sending a fax was busy. The product automatically redials the busy number.

    During the fax transmission, the product ran out of memory. Only the pages that fit into memory will be printed.

    During the fax job, the memory filled. All pages of the fax have to be in memory for a fax job to work correctly. Only the pages that fit into memory were sent.

    Allow the product to retry sending the fax. Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready. Check that you are dialing the correct fax number. Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing the Send Fax button. Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the product, plugging in a telephone to the phone line, and making a voice call. Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line, and try sending the fax again. Try a different phone cord. If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Print all of the faxes, and then have the sender resend the fax. Have the sender divide the fax job into multiple jobs before resending. Cancel all fax jobs or clear the faxes from memory.

    Print all received faxes or wait until all pending faxes are sent.

    Ask the sender to send the fax again. Cancel all fax jobs or clear the faxes from memory.

    Fax recv. error An error occurred while trying to receive a fax. Ask the sender to resend the fax.

    Try faxing back to the sender or another fax machine.

    Page 156

    Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing the Send Fax button.

    Check that the telephone cord is securely connected by unplugging and replugging the cord.

    Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the product.

    Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the product, plugging in a telephone to the phone line, and making a voice call.

    Decrease the fax speed. Ask the sender to resend the fax.

    Turn off error-correction mode. Ask the sender to resend the fax.

    Connect the product to a different phone line. If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Fax Send error An error occurred while trying to send a fax. Try resending the fax. Try faxing to another fax number. Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing the Send Fax button. Check that the telephone cord is securely connected by unplugging and replugging the cord. Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the product. Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the product, plugging in a telephone to the phone line, and making a voice call. Connect the product to a different phone line. Set the fax resolution to Standard instead of the default of Fine. If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Invalid entry Invalid data or response. Correct the entry.

    No dial tone The product could not detect a dial tone. Check for a dial tone on the phone line by

    pressing the Send Fax button.

    Unplug the telephone cord from both the product and the wall and replug the cord.

    Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the product.

    Page 157

    Unplug the product telephone cord from the wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a voice call.

    Make sure that the phone cord from the wall telephone jack is plugged into the line port.

    No document sent The product did not scan any pages, or it did not receive any pages from the computer to transmit a fax.

    No fax answer. Canceled send

    Attempts to redial a fax number failed, or the Redial-no answer option was turned off.

    Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line.

    If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Try sending the fax again.

    Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready.

    Check that you are dialing the correct fax number.

    Check that the redial option is enabled.

    Unplug the telephone cord from both the product and the wall and replug the cord.

    Unplug the product telephone cord from the wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a voice call.

    Page 158

    Make sure that the phone cord from the wall telephone jack is plugged into the line port.

    Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line.

    If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    No fax answer. Redial pending

    The receiving fax line did not answer. The product attempts to redial after a few minutes.

    No fax detected The product answered the incoming call but did

    not detect that a fax machine was calling.

    Allow the product to retry sending the fax. Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready. Check that you are dialing the correct fax number. If the product continues to redial, unplug the product telephone cord from the wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a voice call. Make sure that the phone cord from the wall telephone jack is plugged into the line port. Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line. Try a different phone cord. If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Allow the product to retry receiving the fax. Try a different phone cord. Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line. If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    ###### Fax logs and reports

    Use the following instructions to print fax logs and reports: Print all fax reports

    Use this procedure to print all of the following reports at one time:

  • ● Fax Activity log
  • Page 159

  • ● Phone Book report
  • ● Config report
  • ● Block Fax list
  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • | | | |---|---| | | |

  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the All fax reports option, and then press the OK button. The product exits the menu settings and prints the reports.
  • ######## Print individual fax reports

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the report to be printed, and then press the OK button. The product exits the menu settings and prints the report.
  • Page 160

    | | |---|

    NOTE: If you selected the Fax Activity log report and pressed the OK button, press the OK button again to select the Print log now option. The product exits the menu settings and prints the log.

    ######## Set the fax activity log to print automatically

    You can decide whether or not you want the fax log to print automatically after every 40 entries. The factoryset default is On. Use the following steps to set the fax activity log to print automatically:

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Activity log menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the Auto Log Print menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 6. Use the arrow buttons to select the On option, and then press the OK button to confirm the selection.
  • ######## Set the fax error report

    A fax error report is a brief report that indicates the product experienced a fax job error. It can be set to print after the following events:

  • ● Every fax error (the factory-set default)
  • ● Send fax error
  • ● Receive fax error
  • Page 161

  • ● Never
  • | | |---|

    NOTE: If you select Never, you will have no indication that a fax failed to be transmitted unless you print a fax activity log.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Error report menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the option for when you want the fax error reports to be printed.
  • 6. Press the OK button to save the selection.
  • ######## Set the fax confirmation report

    A confirmation report is a brief report that indicates the product successfully sent or received a fax job. It can be set to print after the following events:

  • ● Every fax job
  • ● Send fax
  • Page 162

  • ● Receive fax
  • ● Never (the factory-set default)
  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Confirmation menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the option for when you want the fax error reports to be printed.
  • 6. Press the OK button to save the selection.
  • ######## Include the first page of each fax on the fax confirmation, fax error, and last call reports

    If this option is turned on and the page image still exists in the product memory, the fax configuration, fax error, and last call reports include a thumbnail (50% reduction) of the first page of the most recent fax that was sent or received. The factory-set default for this option is On.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Include 1st page menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On option, and then press the OK button to confirm the selection.
  • ###### Change error correction and fax speed Set the fax-error-correction mode

    Page 163

    Usually, the product monitors the signals on the telephone line while it is sending or receiving a fax. If the product detects an error during the transmission and the error-correction setting is On, the product can request that the portion of the fax be resent. The factory-set default for error correction is On.

    You should turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax, and you are willing to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting might be useful when you are trying to send a fax overseas or receive one from overseas, or if you are using a satellite telephone connection.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the All faxes menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Error correction menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select the On or Off option, and then press the OK button to save the selection.
  • ######## Change the fax speed

    The fax-speed setting is the modem protocol that the product uses to send faxes. It is the worldwide standard for full-duplex modems that send and receive data across telephone lines at up to 33,600 bits per second (bps). The factory-set default for the fax-speed setting is Fast(V.34). In some countries/regions, the factory-set default may be different to optimize transmission.

    You should change the setting only if you are having trouble sending a fax to or receiving a fax from a particular device. Decreasing the fax speed might be useful when you are trying to send a fax overseas, or receive one from overseas, or if you are using a satellite telephone connection.

  • 1. On the control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax setup menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the All faxes menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 4. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Speed menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 5. Use the arrow buttons to select a speed setting, and then press the OK button.
  • Page 164

    ###### Problems sending faxes

    The document stops feeding in the middle of faxing. Cause Solution

    The maximum length of a page that you can load is 355 mm (14 inches). Faxing of a longer page stops at this measurement.

    Print the document on shorter media. If no jam exists and less than one minute has elapsed, wait a moment before pressing the Cancel button. If a jam exists, remove the jam. Then, resend the job.

    If the item is too small, it can jam inside the document feeder. The minimum page size for the document feeder is 148 x 105 mm (5.83 x 4.13 inches). If a jam exists, remove the jam. Then, resend the job.

    Faxes stop during sending. Cause Solution The receiving fax machine might be malfunctioning. Try sending to another fax machine. The telephone line might not be working. Do one of the following:

  • ● Turn up the volume on the product, and then press the Send Fax button on the control panel. If you hear a dial tone, the telephone line is working.
  • ● Disconnect the product from the jack in the wall, and then connect a telephone to the jack. Try to make a telephone call to verify that the telephone line is working.
  • A communication error might be interrupting the fax job. Change the redial-on-communication-error setting to On.

    The product is receiving faxes but is not sending them. Cause Solution

    If the product is on a digital system, the system might be generating a dial tone that the product cannot detect.

    Disable the detect-dial-tone setting. If the error persists, contact the system service provider.

    Page 165

    A poor telephone connection might exist. Try again later. The receiving fax machine might be malfunctioning. Try sending to another fax machine. The telephone line might not be working. Do one of the following:

  • ● Turn up the volume on the product and press the Send Fax button on the control panel. If a dial tone exists, the telephone line is working.
  • ● Disconnect the product from the telephone jack and connect a telephone. Try to make a telephone call to verify that the telephone line is working.
  • Outgoing fax calls continue to be dialed. Cause Solution

    The product automatically redials a fax number if the redial options are set to On.

    To stop the product from redialing a fax, press the Cancel button. Or change the redial setting.

    Sent faxes are not arriving at the receiving fax machine. Cause Solution

    The receiving fax machine might be off or might have an error condition, such as being out of paper.

    Call the recipient to verify that the fax machine is on and ready to receive faxes.

    The originals might be incorrectly loaded. Verify that the original documents are correctly loaded into the document feeder.

    A fax might be in memory because it is waiting to redial a busy number, other jobs that are ahead of it are waiting to be sent, or the fax is set up for a delayed send.

    If a fax job is in memory for any of these reasons, an entry for the job appears in the fax log. Print the fax activity log and check the Status column for jobs that show a Pending designation.

    The control panel shows a low-memory error. Cause Solution The fax might be too large, or the resolution might be too high. Try one of the following:

    Page 166

  • ● Divide a large fax into smaller sections, and then fax them individually.
  • ● Clear stored faxes to make more memory available for outgoing faxes.
  • ● Configure the outgoing fax as a delayed fax, and then verify that it will send completely.
  • ● Make sure that the product is using the lowest resolution setting (Standard).
  • Faxes are transmitting very slowly. Cause Solution The fax might be very complex, such as one with many graphics. Complex faxes take longer to be sent or received. Breaking longer

    faxes into multiple jobs and decreasing the resolution can increase the transmission speed.

    The receiving fax machine might have a slow modem speed. The product sends the fax only at the fastest modem speed that

    the receiving fax machine can accept. The resolution at which the fax was sent might be very high. To send the fax, lower the resolution and resend the fax. The telephone line might be experiencing line noise. Hang up and resend the fax. Have the telephone company check

    the telephone line. If the fax is being sent via a digital phone line, contact the service provider.

    The fax is being sent via an international call. Allow more time to transmit fax jobs internationally. The original document has a colored background. Reprint the original document with a white background, and then

    resend the fax.

    ###### Problems receiving faxes

    | | |---|

    Page 167

    NOTE: Use the fax cord that came with the product in order to ensure that the product functions correctly.

    The product cannot receive faxes from an extension telephone. Cause Solution The extension-telephone setting might be disabled. Change the extension-telephone setting. The fax cord might not be securely connected. Verify that the fax cord is securely connected between the

    telephone jack and the product (or another device that is connected to the product). Press 1-2-3 in sequence, wait for three seconds, and then hang up.

    The product dialing mode might be incorrectly set, or the extension phone might be incorrectly set.

    Verify that the product dialing mode is set to Tone. Verify that the extension phone is set up for tone dialing as well.

    The product is not answering incoming fax calls. Cause Solution The answer mode might be set to Manual. If the answer mode is set to Manual, the product does not answer

    calls. Start the fax-receiving process manually. The rings-to-answer setting might not be set correctly. Check the rings-to-answer setting to verify that it is set properly. The answer-ring pattern feature might be turned on, but you do not have the service, or you do have the service and the feature is not set correctly.

    Check the answer-ring pattern feature to verify that it is set properly.

    The fax cord might not be correctly connected, or the fax cord is not working.

    The product might not be able to detect incoming fax tones because the answering machine is playing a voice message.

    See the getting started guide to check the installation. Verify that you are using the fax cord that came with the product.

    Re-record the answering machine message, leaving at least two seconds of silence at the beginning of the message.

    Too many devices might be connected to the telephone line. Do not attach more than three devices to the line. Remove the last device that was connected and determine whether the product works. If not, continue removing devices one at a time and retry after removing each one.

    Page 168

    The telephone line might not be working. Do one of the following:

  • ● Increase the volume on the product, and then press the Send Fax button on the control panel. If a dial tone exists, the telephone line is working.
  • ● Disconnect the product from the telephone jack, and then connect a telephone. Try to make a telephone call to verify that the telephone line is working.
  • The product is not answering incoming fax calls. Cause Solution

    A voice-messaging service might be interfering with the product as it attempts to answer calls.

    Do one of the following:

  • ● Disable the messaging service.
  • ● Get a telephone line that is dedicated to fax calls.
  • ● Set the product answer mode to Manual. In manual mode, you must start the fax-receive process yourself.
  • ● Leave the product set to automatic mode and lower the rings-to-answer setting for the product to a number less than the rings-to-answer setting for the voice mail. The product will answer all incoming calls.
  • The product might be out of paper and the memory is full. Refill the media input tray. Press the OK button. The product prints all of the faxes it has saved in memory and then resumes answering fax calls.

    Faxes are not printing. Cause Solution The media input tray is empty. Load media. Any faxes that are received while the input tray is

    empty are stored in memory and will print after the tray has been refilled.

    Page 169

    The receive-to-PC option might be selected, and faxes are being received by the computer.

    Check to determine whether the computer is receiving faxes.

    The product has encountered an error. Check the control panel for an error message.

    Faxes are printing on two pages instead of one. Cause Solution The autoreduction setting might not be set correctly. Turn on the autoreduction setting. The incoming faxes might have been sent on larger media. Adjust the autoreduction setting to allow larger pages to be

    printed on one page.

    Received faxes are too light, are blank, or have poor print quality. Cause Solution The product ran out of toner while printing a fax. The product stores the most recently printed faxes. (The amount

    of memory that is available determines the actual number of faxes stored for reprinting.) As soon as possible, replace the print cartridge, and then reprint the fax.

    The fax that was sent was too light. Contact the sender and have the sender resend the fax after altering the contrast settings.

    Faxes are being received very slowly. Cause Solution The fax might be very complex, such as one with many graphics. Complex faxes take longer to be received. Breaking longer faxes

    into multiple jobs and decreasing the resolution can increase the transmission speed.

    The resolution at which the fax was sent or is being received might be very high.

    To receive the fax, call and ask the sender to lower the resolution and resend the fax.

    The fax is being sent via an international call. Allow more time to transmit fax jobs internationally.

    Page 170

    ##### Regulatory information and warranties

    For regulatory and warranty information, see Additional statements for telecom (fax) products on page 267.

    ENWW Regulatory information and warranties 147

    11 Manage and maintain the product

  • ● Print information pages
  • ● Use the HP Toolbox software
  • ● Use the HP Embedded Web Server (M1210 Series only)
  • ● Product security features
  • ● Economy settings
  • ● Manage supplies and accessories
  • ● Clean the product
  • ● Product updates
  • ENWW 149

    Page 171

    ##### Print information pages

    Information pages reside within the product memory. These pages help diagnose and solve problems with the product.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: M1210 Series: If the product language was not correctly set during installation, you can set the language manually so the information pages print in one of the supported languages. Change the language by using the System setup menu on the control panel.

    Page description How to print the page Configuration page Shows the current settings and product properties.

    Both models

  • 1. Open the printer driver, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 2. Click the Services tab, and then, in the Print Information Pages drop-down list, click the Config Page list item.
  • 3. Click the Print button. M1130 Series
  • At the control panel, press and hold the Cancel button until the Ready light starts blinking, and then release the button.

    ############ Supplies Status page

    Shows the status of the print cartridge, information about the number of pages and jobs printed with the print cartridge, and information about ordering a new print cartridge.

    Page 172

    ############ M1210 Series

  • 1. On the product control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Config report option, and then press the OK button.
  • ############ Both models

  • 1. Open the printer driver, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 2. Click the Services tab, and then, in the Print Information Pages drop-down list, click the Supplies Status Page list item.
  • 3. Click the Print button. M1130 Series
  • At the control panel, press and hold the Cancel button until the Ready light starts blinking, and then release the button. The supplies status page prints after the configuration page prints.

    ############ M1210 Series

  • 1. On the product control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Supplies Status option, and then press the OK button.
  • Page description How to print the page Demo page Contains examples of text and graphics.

    Page 173

    Both models

  • 1. Open the printer driver, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 2. Click the Services tab, and then, in the Print Information Pages drop-down list, click the Demo Page list item.
  • 3. Click the Print button. M1210 Series
  • 1. On the product control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then
  • press the OK button.

  • Use the arrow buttons to select the Demo page option, and
  • then press the OK button.

    Menu map (M1210 Series only) Shows the control-panel menus and available settings.

  • 1. On the product control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Menu structure option, and then press the OK button.
  • Page 174

    Fax reports (M1210 Series only) 1. On the product control panel, press the Setup button.

  • 2. Use the arrow buttons to select the Reports menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrow buttons to select the Fax Reports option, and then press the OK button.
  • ENWW Print information pages 151

    Use the HP Toolbox software Perform a full software installation in order to use the HP Toolbox. HP Toolbox is a software program that you can use for the following tasks:

  • ● Check the product status.
  • ● Configure the product settings.
  • ● Configure pop-up-alert messages. ● View troubleshooting information. ● View online documentation.
  • ###### View HP Toolbox software

    Open HP Toolbox in one of these ways:

    M1130 Series 1. Open the printer driver, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.

  • Click the Services tab.
  • M1210 Series ● In the Windows system tray, double-click the product icon .

    Page 175

    ● On the Windows Start menu, click Programs (or All Programs in Windows XP), click HP, click

    HP LaserJet Professional M1130/M1210 MFP Series, and then click HP Toolbox.

    The HP Toolbox software contains the following sections for each product in the Devices window:

  • ● Status
  • ● Fax (M1210 Series only) In addition to these sections, every page contains the following common elements:
  • ● Shop for Supplies.
  • ● Other links.
  • ###### Status

    The Status folder contains links to the following main pages:

    ● Device Status. View product status information. This page indicates product conditions such as a jam or an empty tray. After you correct a product problem, click Refresh status to update the product status.

    ###### Fax (M1210 Series only)

    Use the HP Toolbox Fax tab to perform fax tasks from your computer. The Fax tab contains links to the following main pages:

  • ● Fax Tasks. Perform such tasks as sending a fax or clearing the fax memory, or set the fax receive mode.
  • ● Fax Phone Book. Add, edit, or delete entries in the all-in-one phone book.
  • ● Fax Send Log. View all of the recent faxes that have been sent from the all-in-one.
  • ● Fax Receive Log. View all of the recent faxes that have been received by the all-in-one.
  • Page 176

  • ● Fax Data Properties. Manage the space used to store faxes on a computer. These settings apply only if you have chosen to send or receive faxes remotely from a computer.
  • ######## Fax tasks

    The following three options are available when receiving a fax:

    | | |---|

  • ● Print the fax. You can also select an option to have a message appear on your computer to notifying you when the fax was printed.
  • ● Receive the fax on your computer. You can also select an option to have a message appear on your computer to notifying you when the fax arrives. If the fax machine is connected to multiple computers, only one computer can be designated to receive faxes.
  • ● Forward the fax to another fax machine. NOTE: You must click Apply before the changes take effect.
  • ######## Fax phone book

    Use the HP Toolbox Fax phone book to add and remove entries or import phone books from a variety of sources.

  • ● To add a new entry, click New. Type the contact name in the Contact name window. Type the fax number in the Fax number window. Click Add/Edit.
  • ● To edit an existing entry, click anywhere on the row containing the contact name to select it, type changes in the appropriate windows, and then click Add/Edit. Make sure that you do not have a check mark in the Select column.
  • ● To delete an entry, select the item and then click Delete.
  • ● To move entries, you can select the entry and then click Move, or you can select Move and then specify the entry in the dialog box. Either select Next empty row or specify the number of the row where you want to move the entry. NOTE: If you specify a row that is occupied, the new entry will overwrite the existing entry.
  • Page 177

    | | |---|

    | | |---|

  • ● To import contacts from a phone book that exists in Lotus Notes, Outlook, or Outlook Express, click Import Phone Book. Select the appropriate software program, navigate to the appropriate file, and then click OK. You can also select individual entries from the phone book instead of importing the entire phone book.
  • ● To select all of the entries in your phone book, click the Select column heading. In addition to numerical digits, the following are valid characters for fax numbers:
  • ● (
  • ● )
  • ● +
  • ● -
  • ● *
  • ● #
  • ● R
  • ● W
  • ● .
  • ● ,
  • NOTE: You must click Apply before the changes take effect.
  • ######## Fax send log

    The HP Toolbox Fax send log lists all recently sent faxes and information about them, including the date and time sent, job number, fax number, page count, and the results.

    Page 178

    When you send a fax from a computer that is connected to the product, the fax contains a View link. Clicking this link opens a new page that provides information about the fax.

    Click any column heading in the Fax send log to re-sort the information in that column in ascending or descending order.

    The Results column provides the status of the fax. If the fax attempt was unsuccessful, this column provides a description of why the fax was not sent.

    NOTE: You must click Apply before the changes take effect. Fax receive log

    | | |---|

    The HP Toolbox Fax receive log provides a list of all recently received faxes and information about them including the date and time received, job number, fax number, page count, results, and an abbreviated fax image.

    When you receive a fax on a computer that is connected to the all-in-one, the fax contains a View link. Clicking this link opens a new page that provides information about the fax.

    Click on any column heading in the Fax receive log to re-sort the information in that column in ascending or descending order.

    The Results column provides the status of the fax. If the fax attempt was unsuccessful, this column provides a description of why the fax was not received.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: You must click Apply before the changes take effect.

    Page 179

    ###### Shop for Supplies

    This button, at the top of each page, links to a Web site where you can order replacement supplies. You must have Internet access to use this feature.

    ###### Other Links

    This section contains links that connect you to the Internet. You must have Internet access in order to use any of these links. If you use a dial-up connection and did not connect when you first opened the HP Toolbox, you must connect before you can visit these Web sites. Connecting might require that you close the HP Toolbox and reopen it.

  • ● HP Instant Support. Connects to the HP Instant Support Web site.
  • ● Product Support. Connects to the support site for the product where you can search for help with a specific problem.
  • ● Shop for Supplies. Order supplies at the HP Web site.
  • ● Product Registration. Connects to the HP product registration Web site.
  • ##### Use the HP Embedded Web Server (M1210 Series only)

    Use the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) to view product and network status and to manage printing functions from a computer.

  • ● View product status information
  • ● Determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones
  • ● View and change the product default configuration settings
  • ● View and change network configuration
  • You do not need to install any software on the computer. You only need to use one of these supported Web browsers:

    Page 180

  • ● Internet Explorer 6.0 (and later)
  • ● Firefox 1.0 (and later)
  • ● Mozilla 1.6 (and later)
  • ● Opera 7.0 (and later)
  • ● Safari 1.2 (and later)
  • ● Konqueror 3.2 (and later)
  • The HP Embedded Web Server works when the product is connected to a TCP/IP-based network. The HP Embedded Web Server does not support IPX-based connections or direct USB connections.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the HP Embedded Web Server. However, if you click a link on any of the pages, you must have Internet access to go to the site associated with the link.

    ###### Open the HP Embedded Web Server

    To open the HP Embedded Web Server, type the IP address or host name of the product in the address field of a supported Web browser. To find the IP address or host name, print a configuration page.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: If an error occurs while opening the HP Embedded Web Server, confirm that the proxy settings are correct for your network.

    Page 181

    TIP: After you open the URL, bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future. Features Information tab

    The Information pages group consists of the following pages:

  • ● Device Status displays the status of the product and HP supplies.
  • ● Device Configuration shows the information found on the Configuration page.
  • ● Supplies Status shows the status of HP supplies and provides part numbers. To order new supplies, click Order Supplies in the upper-right part of the window.
  • ● Network Summary shows the information found on the Network Summary page.
  • ENWW Use the HP Embedded Web Server (M1210 Series only) 157

    ######## Settings tab

    Use this tab to configure the product from your computer. If this product is networked, always consult with the product administrator before changing settings on this tab.

    The Settings tab contains the Printing page where you can view and change the default print job settings. Networking tab

    Network administrators can use this tab to control network-related settings for the product when it is connected to an IP-based network.

    ######## Links

    Links are located in the upper-right part of the status pages. You must have Internet access to use any of these links. If you use a dial-up connection and did not connect when you first opened the HP Embedded Web Server, you must connect before you can visit these Web sites. Connecting might require that you close the HP Embedded Web Server and reopen it.

  • ● Shop for Supplies. Click this link to connect to the Sure Supply Web site and order genuine HP supplies from HP or a reseller of your choice.
  • ● Support. Connects to the product support site. You can search for help regarding general topics.
  • Page 182

    ##### Product security features

    ###### Lock the formatter

  • The formatter area, on the back of the product, has a slot that you can use to attach a security cable. Locking the formatter prevents someone from removing valuable components from it.
  • ![image 88](c01760651_images/imageFile88.png)

    ENWW Product security features 159

    ##### Economy settings

    ###### Print with EconoMode

    This product has an EconoMode option for printing drafts of documents. Using EconoMode can use less toner and decrease the cost per page. However, using EconoMode can also reduce print quality.

    HP does not recommend the full-time use of EconoMode. If EconoMode is used full-time, the toner supply might outlast the mechanical parts in the print cartridge. If print quality begins to degrade under these circumstances, you must install a new print cartridge, even if there is toner supply remaining in the cartridge.

  • 1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
  • 2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
  • 3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.
  • 4. Click the EconoMode check box.
  • Page 183

    ###### Auto-Off mode

    Auto-Off is an energy-saving feature of this product. After a user-specified time period, the product automatically reduces its power consumption (Auto-Off). The product returns to the ready state when a button is pressed or a print job is received.

    Change the Auto-Off delay time You can change how long the product remains idle (Auto-Off delay) before it enters Auto-Off mode. NOTE: The default Auto-Off delay setting is 15 minutes.

    | | |---|

  • 1. Use the printer driver to change the default settings. Follow the appropriate procedure, depending on the operating system you are using. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the default Start menu view)
  • a. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
  • b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties.
  • c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the Classic Start menu view)
  • a. Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers.
  • b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties.
  • c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows Vista
  • a. Click Start, click Control Panel, and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer.
  • b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties.
  • c. Click the Device Settings tab.
  • Page 184

  • Mac OS X 10.4
  • a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon.
  • b. Click the Printer Setup button.
  • Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6 a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon. b. Select the product in the left side of the window. c. Click the Options & Supplies button. d. Click the Driver tab.
  • | | |---|

  • 2. Select the Auto-Off delay from the Auto-Off drop-down list. NOTE: The changed setting does not go into effect until a print job is sent to product.
  • ENWW Economy settings 161

    ##### Manage supplies and accessories

    Correctly using, storing, and monitoring the print cartridge can help ensure high-quality print output.

    ###### Print when a cartridge reaches estimated end of life

    Page 185

    When a print cartridge reaches the end of its estimated useful life, the product turns on the toner light on the control panel. You do not need to replace the supply at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable. When the supply has reached this condition, the HP Premium Protection warranty for that supply has ended.

    ###### Manage print cartridges Print-cartridge storage

    Do not remove the print cartridge from its package until you are ready to use it. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the print cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes.

    HP policy on non-HP print cartridges HP Company cannot recommend the use of non-HP print cartridges, either new or remanufactured. NOTE: Any damage caused by a non-HP print cartridge is not covered under the HP warranty and service agreements.

    | | |---|

    HP fraud hotline and Web site Call the HP fraud hotline (1-877-219-3183, toll-free in North America) or go to www.hp.com/go/ anticounterfeit when you install an HP print cartridge and the control-panel message says the cartridge is non-HP. HP will help determine if the cartridge is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem. Your print cartridge might not be a genuine HP print cartridge if you notice the following:

  • ● You are experiencing a high number of problems with the print cartridge.
  • ● The cartridge does not look like it usually does (for example, the orange pull tab is missing, or the
  • packaging differs from HP packaging). Recycle supplies

    To recycle a genuine HP print cartridge, place the used cartridge in the box in which the new cartridge arrived. Use the enclosed return label to send the used supply to HP for recycling. For complete information, see the recycling guide that is included with each new HP supply item.

    ###### Replacement instructions Redistribute toner

    When a small amount of toner remains in print cartridge, faded or light areas might appear on the printed page. You might be able to temporarily improve print quality by redistributing the toner.

    Page 186

  • 1. Lift the scanner assembly, and open the print-cartridge door.
  • ![image 89](c01760651_images/imageFile89.png)

  • 2. Remove the print cartridge.
  • ![image 90](c01760651_images/imageFile90.png)

    ########## 3. To redistribute the toner, gently rock the print cartridge from front to back.

    CAUTION: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothing in cold water. Hot water sets toner into the fabric.

    ########## 4. Install the print cartridge.

    ![image 91](c01760651_images/imageFile91.png)

    ########## 5. Close the print-cartridge door and the scanner assembly.

    ![image 92](c01760651_images/imageFile92.png)

    If the print is still light, install a new print cartridge. Replace the print cartridge

    When a print cartridge approaches the end of useful life, you can continue printing with the current cartridge until redistributing the toner no longer yields acceptable print quality.

    Page 187

  • 1. Lift the scanner assembly, and open the printcartridge door.
  • ![image 93](c01760651_images/imageFile93.png)

  • 2. Remove the old print cartridge.
  • ![image 94](c01760651_images/imageFile94.png)

  • 3. Remove the new print cartridge from the packaging. Place the used print cartridge in the bag and box for recycling.
  • CAUTION: To prevent damage to the print cartridge, hold the print cartridge at each end. Do not touch the cartridge shutter or the roller surface.

  • 4. Grasp both sides of the print cartridge and gently rock the print cartridge to distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge.
  • 5. Bend the tab on the left side of the cartridge until the tab breaks loose, and then pull the tab until all the tape is removed from the cartridge. Place the tab and tape in the print-cartridge box to return for recycling.
  • 6. Install the print cartridge.
  • ![image 95](c01760651_images/imageFile95.png)

  • 7. Close the print-cartridge door and the scanner assembly.
  • CAUTION: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothing in cold water. Hot water sets toner into the fabric.

    Page 188

    ![image 96](c01760651_images/imageFile96.png)

    ######## Replace the pickup roller

    The pickup roller wears out with normal use. Using poor-quality paper can cause the pickup roller to wear out more frequently. If the product regularly does not pick up a sheet of paper, you might need to clean or replace the pickup roller.

  • 1. Lift the scanner assembly, and open the print-cartridge door.
  • ![image 97](c01760651_images/imageFile97.png)

  • 2. Remove the print cartridge.
  • CAUTION: To prevent damage to the print cartridge, minimize its exposure to direct light. Cover the print cartridge with a sheet of paper.

    ![image 98](c01760651_images/imageFile98.png)

    ########## 3. Find the pickup roller.

    ![image 99](c01760651_images/imageFile99.png)

    ########## 4. Release the small, white tabs on each side of the pickup roller, and rotate the pickup roller toward thefront.

  • 5. Gently pull the pickup roller up and out.
  • Page 189

  • 6. Position the new pickup roller in the slot. The circular and rectangular slots on each side prevents you from installing the roller incorrectly.
  • 7. Rotate the top of the new pickup roller away from you until both sides snap into place.
  • 8. Install the print cartridge.
  • ![image 100](c01760651_images/imageFile100.png)

  • 9. Close the print-cartridge door and the scanner assembly.
  • ![image 101](c01760651_images/imageFile101.png)

    ######## Replace the separation pad

    The separation pad wears out with normal use. Using poor-quality paper can cause the separation pad to wear out more frequently. If the product regularly pulls multiple sheets of paper at a time, you might need to clean or replace the separation pad.

    NOTE: Before changing the separation pad, clean the pickup roller. WARNING! Before changing the separation pad, turn the product off, disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet, and then wait for the product to cool.

    | | |---|

  • 1. Disconnect the power cord from the product.
  • 2. Remove the paper and close the input tray. Set the product on its side. CAUTION: The scanner assembly opens when the product is on its side.
  • Page 190

    ![image 102](c01760651_images/imageFile102.png)

  • 3. At the bottom of the product, unscrew the two screws holding the separation pad in place.
  • ![image 103](c01760651_images/imageFile103.png)

    | | | |---|---| | | |

    ########## 4. Remove the separation pad.

    ![image 104](c01760651_images/imageFile104.png)

    | | | |---|---| | | |

    ########## 5. Insert the new separation pad, and screw it into place.

    ![image 105](c01760651_images/imageFile105.png)

    Page 191

    | | | |---|---| | | |

    ########## 6. Place the product in the upright position, reconnect the power cord, and then turn on the product.

    ![image 106](c01760651_images/imageFile106.png)

    ##### Clean the product

    Clean the pickup roller If you want to clean the pickup roller before deciding to replace it, follow these instructions: WARNING! Before cleaning the pickup roller, turn the product off, disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet, and then wait for the product to cool.

  • 1. Lift the scanner assembly, and open the print-cartridge door.
  • ![image 107](c01760651_images/imageFile107.png)

  • 2. Remove the print cartridge.
  • CAUTION: To prevent damage to the print cartridge, minimize its exposure to direct light. Cover the print cartridge with a sheet of paper.

    ![image 108](c01760651_images/imageFile108.png)

    ########## 3. Find the pickup roller.

    Page 192

    ![image 109](c01760651_images/imageFile109.png)

    ########## 4. Release the small, white tabs on each side of the pickup roller, and rotate the pickup roller toward thefront.

  • 5. Gently pull the pickup roller up and out.
  • 6. Dab a lint-free cloth in isopropyl alcohol, and scrub the roller.
  • WARNING! Alcohol is flammable. Keep the alcohol and cloth away from an open flame. Before you close the product and plug in the power cord, allow the alcohol to dry completely.

    NOTE: In certain areas of California, air pollution control regulations restrict the use of liquid Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) as a cleaning agent. In those areas of California, please disregard the previous recommendations and use a dry, lint-free cloth, moistened with water, to clean the pickup roller.

  • 7. Using a dry, lint-free cloth, wipe the pickup roller to remove loosened dirt.
  • | | |---|

  • 8. Allow the pickup roller to dry completely before you reinstall it in the product.
  • 9. Reconnect the power cord.
  • ###### Clean the separation pad

    Page 193

    The separation pad wears out with normal use. Using poor-quality paper can cause the separation pad to wear out more frequently. If the product regularly pulls multiple sheets of paper at a time, you might need to clean or replace the separation pad.

    WARNING! Before cleaning the separation pad, turn the product off, disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet, and then wait for the product to cool.

  • 1. Disconnect the power cord from the product.
  • 2. Remove the paper and close the input tray. Set the product on its side. CAUTION: The scanner assembly opens when the product is on its side.
  • ![image 110](c01760651_images/imageFile110.png)

  • 3. At the bottom of the product, unscrew the two screws holding the separation pad in place.
  • ![image 111](c01760651_images/imageFile111.png)

    | | | |---|---| | | |

  • 4. Remove the separation pad.
  • ![image 112](c01760651_images/imageFile112.png)

    | | | |---|---| | | |

    Page 194

  • 5. Dab a lint-free cloth in isopropyl alcohol, and scrub the separation pad. Use a dry, lint-free cloth to remove the loosened dirt, and wait for the separation pad to dry.
  • WARNING! Alcohol is flammable. Keep the alcohol and cloth away from an open flame. Before you close the product and plug in the power cord, allow the alcohol to dry completely.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: In certain areas of California, air pollution control regulations restrict the use of liquid Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) as a cleaning agent. In those areas of California, please disregard the previous recommendations and use a dry, lint-free cloth, moistened with water, to clean the pickup roller.

    ########## 6. Insert the cleaned separation pad, and screw it into place.

    ![image 113](c01760651_images/imageFile113.png)

    | | | |---|---| | | |

    ########## 7. Place the product in the upright position, reconnect the power cord, and then turn on the product.

    ![image 114](c01760651_images/imageFile114.png)

    Page 195

    ###### Clean the paper path

    If you are experiencing toner specks or dots on the printouts, clean the paper path. This process uses a transparency to remove dust and toner from the paper path. Do not use bond or rough paper.

    | | |---|

    | | |---|

    NOTE: For best results use a sheet of transparency. If you do not have any transparencies, you can use copier-grade media (60 to 163 g/m2 (16 to 43 lb)) that has a smooth surface.

  • 1. Make sure that the product is idle and the Ready light is on.
  • 2. Load media in the input tray.
  • 3. Use the printer driver to process the cleaning page. Follow the appropriate procedure, depending on the operating system you are using. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the default Start menu view) a. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes. b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties. c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the Classic Start menu view)
  • a. Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers.
  • b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties.
  • c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows Vista a. Click Start, click Control Panel, and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer. b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties. c. Click the Device Settings tab. Mac OS X 10.4
  • a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon.
  • Page 196

  • b. Click the Printer Setup button. Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6
  • a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon.
  • b. Select the product in the left side of the window.
  • c. Click the Options & Supplies button.
  • d. Click the Driver tab.
  • 4. In the Cleaning Page area, click the Start button to process the cleaning page.
  • | | |---|

    NOTE: The cleaning process takes about 2 minutes. The cleaning page stops periodically during the cleaning process. Do not turn the product off until the cleaning process has finished. You might need to repeat the cleaning process several times to thoroughly clean the product.

    ###### Clean the print-cartridge area

    You do not need to clean the print-cartridge area often. However, cleaning this area can improve the quality of the printed sheets.

  • 1. Disconnect the power cord from the product.
  • Page 197

    ![image 115](c01760651_images/imageFile115.png)

  • 2. Lift the scanner assembly, and open the print-cartridge door.
  • ![image 116](c01760651_images/imageFile116.png)

    ########## 3. Remove the print cartridge.

    ![image 117](c01760651_images/imageFile117.png)

    CAUTION: Do not touch the black-sponge transfer roller inside the product. Doing so can damage the product.

    CAUTION: To prevent damage, do not expose the print cartridge to light. Cover it with a piece of paper.

    ########## 4. With a dry, lint-free cloth, wipe any residue from the paper-path area and the print-cartridge cavity.

    ![image 118](c01760651_images/imageFile118.png)

    ########## 5. Install the print cartridge.

    ![image 119](c01760651_images/imageFile119.png)

    ########## 6. Close the print-cartridge door and the scanner assembly.

    ![image 120](c01760651_images/imageFile120.png)

    Page 198

  • 7. Reconnect the power cord.
  • ![image 121](c01760651_images/imageFile121.png)

  • 8. Print a few pages to clean any toner residue from the product.
  • ###### Clean the exterior

    Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the exterior of the device.

    ###### Clean the scanner glass strip and platen

    Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white plastic backing, which can affect performance. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white plastic backing.

  • 1. Use the power switch to turn off the product, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket.
  • 2. Open the scanner lid.
  • 3. Clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.
  • ![image 122](c01760651_images/imageFile122.png)

    CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the product; these can damage the product. Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen. They might seep and damage the product.

  • 4. Dry the glass and white plastic backing with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.
  • Page 199

  • 5. Plug in the product, and then use the power switch to turn on the product.
  • ##### Product updates

    Software and firmware updates and installation instructions for this product are available atwww.hp.com/ support/ljm1130series or www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series. Click Downloads and drivers, click the operating system, and then select the download for the product.

    12 Solve problems

  • ● Solve general problems
  • ● Restore the factory-set defaults (M1210 Series only)
  • ● Interpret control-panel light patterns (M1130 Series only)
  • ● Interpret control-panel messages (M1210 Series only)
  • ● Clear jams
  • ● Solve paper-handling problems
  • ● Solve image-quality problems
  • ● Solve performance problems
  • ● Solve connectivity problems
  • Page 200

  • ● Solve software problems
  • ENWW 189

    ##### Solve general problems

    If the product is not responding correctly, complete the steps in the following checklist, in order. If the product does not pass a step, follow the corresponding troubleshooting suggestions. If a step resolves the problem, you can stop without performing the other steps on the checklist.

    ###### Troubleshooting checklist

  • 1. Make sure that the product is set up correctly.
  • a. Press the power button to turn on the product or to deactivate the Auto-Off mode.
  • b. Check the power-cable connections.
  • c. Make sure that the line voltage is correct for the product power configuration. (See the label that is on the back of the product for voltage requirements.) If you are using a power strip and its voltage is not within specifications, plug the product directly into the wall. If it is already plugged into the wall, try a different outlet.
  • d. If none of these measures restores power, contact HP Customer Care.
  • 2. Check the cabling.
  • a. Check the cable connection between the product and the computer. Make sure that the connection is secure.
  • b. Make sure that the cable itself is not faulty by using a different cable, if possible.
  • c. Check the network connection (M1210 Series only): Make sure the network light is lit. The network light is next to the network port on the back of the product.
  • Page 201

    If the product remains unable to connect to the network, uninstall and then reinstall the product. If the error persists, contact a network administrator.

  • 3. M1130 Series: Check to see if any control-panel lights are lit. M1210 Series: Check to see if any messages appear on the control panel.
  • 4. Make sure that the paper that you are using meets specifications.
  • 5. Make sure that the paper is loaded correctly in the input tray.
  • 6. Make sure that the product software is installed correctly.
  • 7. Verify that you have installed the printer driver for this product, and that you are selecting this product from the list of available printers.
  • 8. Print a configuration page.
  • a. If the page does not print, verify that the input tray contains paper.
  • b. Make sure that the print cartridge is installed correctly.
  • c. If the page jams in the product, clear the jam.
  • d. If the print quality is unacceptable, complete the following steps:
  • ● Verify that the print settings are correct for the media that you are using.
  • ● Solve print-quality problems.
  • 9. Print a small document from a different program that has worked in the past. If this solution works, then the problem is with the program you are using. If this solution does not work (the document does not print), complete these steps:
  • a. Try printing the job from another computer that has the product software installed.
  • b. Check the cable connection. Direct the product to the correct port, or reinstall the software, selecting the connection type that you are using.
  • Page 202

    ###### Factors that affect product performance

    Several factors affect the time it takes to print a job:

  • ● The use of special paper (such as transparencies, heavy paper, and custom-size paper)
  • ● Product processing and download time
  • ● The complexity and size of graphics
  • ● The speed of the computer you are using
  • ● The USB or network connection
  • ● The product I/O configuration
  • ##### Restore the factory-set defaults (M1210 Series only)

    Restoring the factory-set defaults returns all of the settings to the factory defaults, and it also clears the fax header name, phone number, and any stored faxes in the product memory.

    CAUTION: Restoring the factory-set defaults returns all of the settings to the factory defaults, and it also clears the fax header name, phone number, and any stored faxes in the product memory. This procedure also clears the fax phone book, and deletes any pages that are stored in the memory. The procedure then automatically restarts the product.

  • 1. On the product control panel, press the Setup button.
  • 2. Use the arrows buttons to select the Service menu, and then press the OK button.
  • 3. Use the arrows buttons to select the Restore Defaults option, and then press the OK button. The product automatically restarts.
  • Page 203

    ENWW Restore the factory-set defaults (M1210 Series only) 191

    ##### Interpret control-panel light patterns (M1130 Series only) If the product requires attention, an error code appears on the control-panel display. Table 12-1 Status-light legend

    Symbol for "light off" Symbol for "light on" Symbol for "light blinking"

    Table 12-2 Control-panel light patterns Light status Error code State of the product Action All lights are off. The product is turned off. Press the power button to turn on the

    product.

    Ready and attention lights blink. The status lights cycle during the formatter initialization period or when the product is processing a cleaning page.

    No action is required. Wait for the initialization period to end. The product should enter the ready state when the initialization period is finished.

    Ready light is on. The product is in the ready state. No action is required. The product is ready to receive a print job.

    Ready light is blinking. The product is receiving or processing data.

    No action is required. The product is receiving or processing a print job.

    Ready light is blinking slowly. The product is in low power mode. No action is required.

    Attention light is blinking. E0 Paper is jammed in the product. Clear the jam. E1 The input tray is empty. Load the tray. E2 A door is open Verify that the print-cartridge door is

    fully closed.

    Page 204

  • E4 The product memory is full The job is too complex for the product to print. Simplify the job, or divide it into multiple files.
  • E5 The product did not pick up paper from the tray.
  • You might need to clean or replace the pickup roller.

    The attention and toner lights are blinking.

  • H0 The product is in manual-feed mode. Load the correct paper type and size into the input tray.
  • H1 The product is processing a manual duplex job.
  • Load the pages into the input tray to print the second sides.

    E3 The print cartridge is missing or is not installed correctly.

    Install the print cartridge.

    The toner light is on. The print cartridge has reached the end of its estimated useful life. When the supply has reached this condition, the HP Premium Protection warranty for that supply has ended.

    You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable.

    ENWW Interpret control-panel light patterns (M1130 Series only) 193

    Attention light is blinking, and ready light is on.

    Page 205

    The product has experienced a continual error from which it will recover on its own.

    If the recovery is successful, the product continues to the processing data state and completes the job.

    If the recovery is unsuccessful, the product continues to the continuable error state. Try removing any media from the media path and turning the product power off, and then on again.

    The attention and ready lights are on. E6 E7 E8 E9

    The product has experienced a fatal error from which it cannot recover.

  • 1. Turn off the product or disconnect the power cord from the product.
  • 2. Wait 30 seconds, and then turn on the product or reconnect the power cord to the product.
  • 3. Wait for the product to initialize.
  • If the error persists, contact HP customer support.

    ##### Interpret control-panel messages (M1210 Series only)

    ###### Control-panel message types

    Alert and warning messages appear temporarily and might require you to acknowledge the message by pressing the OK button to resume or by pressing the Cancel button to cancel the job. With certain warnings, the job might not complete or the print quality might be affected. If the alert or warning message is related to printing and the auto-continue feature is on, the product will attempt to resume the printing job after the warning has appeared for 10 seconds without acknowledgement.

    Critical error messages can indicate some kind of failure. Turning off and then turning on the power might fix the problem. If a critical error persists, the product might require service.

    ###### Control-panel messages

    Page 206

    Control panel message Description Recommended action 50.X Fuser Error Turn off then on

    The product has experienced an internal hardware error.

  • 1. Turn off the power by using the power switch, and then wait at least 30 seconds.
  • 2. If a surge protector is being used, remove it. Plug the product directly into the wall socket.
  • 3. Turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize.
  • 52 Scanner Error Turn off then on

    54.1C Error Turn off then on

    If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    The product has experienced a scanner error. Turn off the power by using the power switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize.

    The product has experienced an internal hardware error.

    If a surge protector is being used, remove it. Plug the product directly into the wall socket. Use the power switch to turn the product on.

    If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Turn off the power by using the power switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize.

    Page 207

    If a surge protector is being used, remove it. Plug the product directly into the wall socket. Use the power switch to turn the product on.

    If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Comm. error The product experienced a communication

    error while attempting to send or receive a fax.

    Verify that the fax phone line is working correctly.

    Try sending or receiving the fax again. If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Device error Press [OK]

    The product experienced an internal communication error.

    This is a warning message only. Job output might be affected.

    Door open The cover above the print cartridge is open. Close the cover. Engine comm. Error The product has experienced an internal

  • 1. Turn off the power by using the power switch, and then wait at least 30 seconds.
  • 2. If a surge protector is being used, remove it. Plug the product directly into the wall socket.
  • 3. Turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize.
  • hardware error.

    Page 208

    Fax recv. error The product was unable to receive an incoming

    fax.

    If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Verify that the fax phone line is working correctly.

    Ask the person who sent the fax to send it again.

    If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Fax Send error The product was unable to send the fax. Try sending the fax later, or confirm with the recipient that the receiving fax machine is ready.

    Jam in alternates with Open door and clear jam

    ############ Load tray 1 PLAIN

    alternates with Cleaning Mode

    If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    The product has detected a jam in the location indicated in the message.

    Clear the jam from the area indicated in the message, and then follow the control-panel instructions. Clearing some jams requires you to open the top cover and remove the print cartridge.

    Page 209

    The product is performing a cleaning cycle. Load the tray with plain paper of the size indicated. Press the OK button to start the cleaning cycle.

    Load tray , The tray is empty. Load the tray with the correct type and size of

    paper.

    Manual duplex alternates with Load tray1 Press [OK]

    Manual feed , alternates with Press [OK] for available media

    Memory is low Press [OK]

    Misprint Press [OK]

    No paper pickup Press [OK]

    Page too complex Press [OK]

    The product is processing a manual duplex job. To print the second side, place the pages face down in the tray with the top edge first.

    The product is set for the manual feed mode. Load the tray with the correct size and type of paper, or press the OK button to use the paper that is in the tray.

    The product does not have enough memory to process the job.

    The product has experienced an internal hardware error.

    Page 210

    If the product is processing other jobs, send the job again after those jobs have finished.

    If the problem continues, turn off the power by using the power switch, and then wait at least 30 seconds. Turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize.

    Press the OK button to continue. Job output might be affected.

    The product has experienced an internal hardware error.

    Press the OK button to continue. Job output might be affected.

    The product could not print the current page because of its complexity.

    Press the OK button to clear the message. Allow the product to finish the job, or press the Cancel button to cancel the job.

    Printer jam clear paper path The product has detected a jam in the input

    tray.

    Clear the jam from the area indicated in the message, and then follow the control panel instructions.

    Settings cleared The product has cleared job settings. Re-enter any appropriate job settings.

    ##### Clear jams

    When clearing jams, be careful not to tear jammed paper. If a small piece of paper remains in the product, it could cause additional jams.

    Page 211

    ###### Common causes of jams

    ● The input tray is loaded incorrectly or is too full.

    | | |---|

    NOTE: When you add new media, always remove all of the media from the input tray and straighten the entire stack. This helps prevent multiple feeds and reduces media jams.

  • ● The media does not meet HP specifications.
  • ● The product might need to be cleaned to remove paper dust and other particles from the paper path. Loose toner might remain in the product after a media jam. This toner clears up after a few sheets print. CAUTION: If you get any toner on your clothes, wash them in cold water. Hot water will permanently set the toner into the fabric.
  • ###### Jam locations

    Jams can occur at the following locations in the product.

    ![image 123](c01760651_images/imageFile123.png)

    1

  • 2
  • 3
  • Page 212

    4

    1 Document feeder (M1210 Series only) 2 Output bin 3 Input tray 4 Internal areas (open the print-cartridge door)

    | | |---|

    NOTE: Jams can occur in more than one location.

    ###### Clear jams from the document feeder (M1210 Series only)

  • 1. Open the document-feeder lid.
  • ![image 124](c01760651_images/imageFile124.png)

  • 2. Carefully remove jammed paper. Gently try to remove the page without tearing it.
  • ![image 125](c01760651_images/imageFile125.png)

  • 3. Close the document feeder lid.
  • ![image 126](c01760651_images/imageFile126.png)

    Page 213

    ###### Clear jams from the output areas

    CAUTION: Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.

  • 1. Lift the scanner assembly, and open the printcartridge door.
  • ![image 127](c01760651_images/imageFile127.png)

  • 2. Remove the print cartridge.
  • ![image 128](c01760651_images/imageFile128.png)

  • 3. Keep the print cartridge door open, and then with both hands, grasp the side of the jammed media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and carefully pull it free from the product.
  • ![image 129](c01760651_images/imageFile129.png)

    ########## 4. Install the print cartridge.

    ########## 5. Close the print-cartridge door and the scannerassembly.

    ![image 130](c01760651_images/imageFile130.png)

    ![image 131](c01760651_images/imageFile131.png)

    Page 214

    ###### Clear jams from the input tray

  • 1. Lift the scanner assembly, and open the printcartridge door.
  • ![image 132](c01760651_images/imageFile132.png)

  • 2. Remove the print cartridge.
  • ![image 133](c01760651_images/imageFile133.png)

  • 3. Remove the media stack from the input tray.
  • ![image 134](c01760651_images/imageFile134.png)

    ########## 4. With both hands, grasp the side of the jammedmedia that is most visible (this includes themiddle), and carefully pull it free from theproduct.

    ########## 5. Install the print cartridge.

    ########## 6. Close the print-cartridge door and the scannerassembly.

    ![image 135](c01760651_images/imageFile135.png)

    ![image 136](c01760651_images/imageFile136.png)

    ![image 137](c01760651_images/imageFile137.png)

    Page 215

    ###### Clear jams from inside the product

  • 1. Lift the scanner assembly, and open the printcartridge door.
  • ![image 138](c01760651_images/imageFile138.png)

  • 2. Remove the print cartridge.
  • ![image 139](c01760651_images/imageFile139.png)

  • 3. If you can see the jammed paper, carefully grasp the jammed paper, and slowly pull it out of the product.
  • ![image 140](c01760651_images/imageFile140.png)

  • 4. Reinstall the print cartridge.
  • ![image 141](c01760651_images/imageFile141.png)

  • 5. Close the print-cartridge door and the scanner assembly.
  • ![image 142](c01760651_images/imageFile142.png)

    ###### Change the jam recovery setting

    Page 216

    When the Jam Recovery feature is turned on, the product reprints any pages that are damaged during a jam.

  • 1. Use the printer driver to change the default settings. Follow the appropriate procedure, depending on the operating system you are using. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the default Start menu view) a. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes. b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties. c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the Classic Start menu view) a. Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers. b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties. c. Click the Device Settings tab.
  • Windows Vista

  • a. Click Start, click Control Panel, and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer.
  • b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties.
  • c. Click the Device Settings tab.
  • Mac OS X 10.4 a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon. b. Click the Printer Setup button.
  • Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6 a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon. b. Select the product in the left side of the window. c. Click the Options & Supplies button. d. Click the Driver tab.
  • 2. Click the Auto option or the Off option under Jam Recovery.
  • ##### Solve paper-handling problems

    The following problems with media cause print-quality deviations, jamming, or damage to the product.

    Problem Cause Solution Poor print quality or toner adhesion The paper is too moist, too rough, too

    Page 217

    Try another kind of paper, between 100 and 250 Sheffield, with 4% to 6% moisture content.

    heavy or too smooth, is embossed, or from a faulty paper lot.

    Dropouts, jamming, or curl The paper has been stored incorrectly. Store paper flat in its moisture-proof wrapping.

    The paper has variability from one side to the other.

    Turn the paper over.

    Excessive curl The paper is too moist, has the wrong grain direction, or is of short-grain construction

    Use long-grain paper.

    The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over. Jamming, damage to product The paper has cutouts or perforations. Use paper that is free of cutouts or perforations. Problems with feeding The paper has ragged edges. Use high-quality paper that is made for

    laser printers. The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over. The paper is too moist, too rough, too heavy or too smooth, has the wrong grain direction, is of short-grain construction, or it is embossed, or from a faulty paper lot.

    Try another kind of paper, between 100 and 250 Sheffield, 4% to 6% moisture content.

    Use long-grain paper. Print is skewed (crooked). The media guides might be incorrectly

    Remove all media from the input tray, straighten the stack, and then load the media in the input tray again. Adjust the media guides to the width and length of the media that you are using and try printing again.

    adjusted.

    Page 218

    More than one sheet feeds at one time. The media tray might be overloaded. Remove some of the media from the tray.

    The media might be wrinkled, folded, or damaged.

    The product does not pull media from the input tray.

    The product might be in manual-feed mode.

    The pickup roller might be dirty or damaged.

    Verify that the media is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. Try printing on media from a new or different package.

    At the computer, follow the onscreen instructions to deactivate manual-feed mode. Or, at the product, open and close the print-cartridge door.

    Contact HP Customer Care. See

    www.hp.com/support/ljm1130series or www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the box.

    The paper-length adjustment control in the input tray is set at a length that is greater than the media size.

    Set the paper-length adjustment control to the correct length.

    ##### Solve image-quality problems Print-quality examples General print-quality issues

    The following examples depict letter-size paper that has passed through the product short-edge-first. These examples illustrate problems that would affect all of the pages that you print. The topics that follow list the typical cause and solution for each of these examples.

    Page 219

    Problem Cause Solution Print is light or faded. The paper might not meet HP specifications. Use paper that meets HP specifications.

    The print cartridge might be defective or low. If you use a non-HP print cartridge, no messages appear on the product control panel.

    If the whole page is light, the print density adjustment is too light or EconoMode might be turned on.

    Replace the print cartridge. If the print cartridge is not low or empty, inspect the toner roller to see if the roller is damaged. If it is, replace the print cartridge.

    Adjust the print density, and disable EconoMode in the printer driver.

    Toner specks appear. The paper might not meet HP specifications. Use paper that meets HP specifications. The paper path might need cleaning. Clean the paper path.

    Dropouts appear. A single sheet of paper might be defective. Try reprinting the job.

    The moisture content of the paper is uneven or the paper has moist spots on its surface.

    Try different paper, such as high-quality paper that is intended for laser printers.

    The paper lot is flawed. The manufacturing processes can cause some areas to reject toner.

    The print cartridge might be defective or low. Replace the print cartridge.

    If the error persists, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1130series or www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    Vertical streaks or bands appear on the page.

    Page 220

    The print cartridge might be defective. Replace the print cartridge.

    C C C C C

    B B B B B

    c c c c c

    A A A A A

    ####### b b b b b

    a a a a a

    The amount of background toner shading becomes unacceptable.

    The paper might not meet HP specifications. Use a different paper with a lighter basis weight.

    The print-density setting is too high. Decrease the print-density setting. This decreases the amount of background shading.

    Very dry (low humidity) conditions can increase the amount of background shading.

    Check the product environment.

    The print cartridge might be defective or low. Replace the print cartridge.

    Page 221

    Toner smears appear on the media. The paper might not meet HP specifications. Use paper that meets HP specifications.

    ![image 143](c01760651_images/imageFile143.png)

    If toner smears appear on the leading edge of the paper, the media guides are dirty, or debris has accumulated in the print path.

    Clean the media guides and the paper path.

    The print cartridge might be defective. Replace the print cartridge. The fuser temperature might be too low. In the printer driver, make sure the

    appropriate paper type is selected.

    The toner smears easily when touched.

    ![image 144](c01760651_images/imageFile144.png)

    ![image 145](c01760651_images/imageFile145.png)

    The product is not set to print on the type of paper on which you want to print.

    In the printer driver, select the Paper/Quality tab and set Paper Type to match the type of paper on which you are printing. Print speed might be slower if you are using heavy paper.

    The paper might not meet HP specifications. Use paper that meets HP specifications. The paper path might need cleaning. Clean the paper path. The power source might be defective. Plug the product directly into an AC outlet

    instead of into a power strip.

    Page 222

    The fuser temperature might be too low. In the printer driver, make sure the appropriate paper type is selected.

    Marks repeatedly appear at even intervals on the page.

    The product is not set to print on the type of paper on which you want to print.

    In the printer driver, select the Paper/Quality tab and set Paper Type to match the type of paper on which you are printing. Print speed might be slower if you are using heavy paper.

    Internal parts might have toner on them. The problem typically corrects itself after a

    few more pages. The paper path might need cleaning. Clean the paper path. The print cartridge might be damaged. If a repetitive mark occurs at the same spot

    on the page, install a new HP print cartridge.

    The printed page contains misformed characters.

    The paper might not meet HP specifications. Use a different paper, such as high-quality paper that is intended for laser printers.

    If characters are incorrectly formed so that they produce a wavy effect, the laser scanner might need service.

    Verify that the problem also occurs on the configuration page. If so, contact HP. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1130series or www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series or the support flyer that came in the product box.

    The printed page is curled or wavy. The product is not set to print on the type of paper on which you want to print.

    The paper might have been in the input tray too long.

    Page 223

    In the printer driver, select the Paper/Quality tab and set Paper Type to match the type of paper on which you are printing. Print speed might be slower if you are using heavy paper.

    If the problem persists, select a paper type that uses a lower fuser temperature, such as transparencies or light media.

    Turn over the stack of paper in the tray. Also, try rotating the paper 180° in the input tray.

    The paper might not meet HP specifications. Use a different paper, such as high-quality paper that is intended for laser printers.

    Both high temperature and humidity can cause paper curl.

    The fuser temperature might be curling the paper.

    Check the product environment.

    M1130 Series select a paper type that uses a lower fuser temperature, such as transparencies or light media.

    M1210 Series At the product control panel, turn on the Less paper curl setting in the Service menu.

    Text or graphics are skewed on the printed page.

    The paper might be loaded incorrectly or the input tray might be too full.

    Verify that the paper is loaded correctly and that the paper guides are not too tight or too loose against the stack.

    The paper might not meet HP specifications. Use a different paper, such as high-quality paper that is intended for laser printers.

    Page 224

    The printed page contains wrinkles or creases.

    Toner appears around the printed characters.

    ![image 146](c01760651_images/imageFile146.png)

    An image that appears at the top of the page (in solid black) repeats farther down the page (in a gray field).

    The paper might be loaded incorrectly or the input tray might be too full.

    Turn over the stack of paper in the input tray, or try rotating the paper 180° in the input tray.

    Verify that the paper is loaded correctly and that the paper guides are not too tight or too loose against the stack.

    There might be a jam in the paper path. Clear any jams in the product. The paper might not meet HP specifications. Use a different paper, such as high-quality

    paper that is intended for laser printers.

    Air pockets inside envelopes can cause them to wrinkle.

    Remove the envelope, flatten it, and try printing again.

    The paper might be loaded incorrectly. Turn over the stack of paper in the tray. If large amounts of toner have scattered around the characters, the paper might have high resistivity.

    Use a different paper, such as high-quality paper that is intended for laser printers.

    Page 225

    Software settings might affect image printing. In your software program, change the tone (darkness) of the field in which the repeated image appears.

    The order of images printed might affect printing.

    A power surge might have affected the product.

    In your software program, rotate the whole page 180° to print the lighter image first.

    Change the order in which the images are printed. For example, have the lighter image at the top of the page, and the darker image farther down the page.

    If the defect occurs later in a print job, turn the product off for 10 minutes, and then turn on the product to restart the print job.

    ######## Copy print-quality problems

    Problem Cause Solution Images are missing or faded. The print cartridge might be defective or low. Replace the print cartridge.

    Vertical white or faded stripes appear on the copy.

    The original might be of poor quality. If your original is too light or damaged, the copy might not be able to compensate, even if you adjust the contrast. If possible, find an original document in better condition.

    The contrast settings might be set incorrectly. Use the control-panel to change the contrast setting.

    The original might have a colored background. Colored backgrounds might cause images in the foreground to blend into the background, or the background might appear in a different shade. If possible, use an original document without a colored background.

    The paper might not meet HP specifications. Use paper that meets HP specifications. The print cartridge might be defective or low. Replace the print cartridge.

    Page 226

    Unwanted lines appear on the copy.

    C C C C C

    B B B B B

    c c c c c

    A A A A A

    b b b b b

    a a a a a

    The document feeder scanning strip might be dirty.

    The photosensitive drum inside the print cartridge might have been scratched.

    Clean the document feeder scanning strip.

    Replace the print cartridge.

    Black dots or streaks appear on the copy.

    Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the document feeder.

    Page 227

    The power to the product might have fluctuated.

    Copies are too light or dark. The printer driver or product software settings may be incorrect.

    Text is unclear. The printer driver or product software settings may be incorrect.

    Clean the document feeder scanning strip.

    Reprint the job.

    Verify that the quality settings are correct. See the product software Help for more information about changing the settings.

    Verify that the quality settings are correct. Verify that the EconoMode setting is off. See the product software Help for more information about changing the settings.

    ######## Scan-quality problems Prevent scan-quality problems

    The following are a few simple steps you can take to improve copy and scan quality.

  • ● Use high-quality originals.
  • ● Load the paper correctly. If the paper is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, which causes unclear images.
  • ● Adjust the software settings according to how you plan to use the scanned page.
  • ● If your product frequently feeds more than one page at a time, the separation pad might need to be cleaned or replaced.
  • ● Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.
  • ######### Solve scan-quality problems

    Page 228

    Problem Cause Solution Blank pages The original might have been loaded upside down.

    In the document feeder, put the top end of the stack of originals into the document feeder, with the media stack face-down and the first page to be scanned on the bottom of the stack.

    Too light or dark The resolution and color levels may be set incorrectly.

    Verify that you have the correct resolution and color settings.

    Unwanted lines The document-feeder glass might be dirty. Clean the scanner strip. Black dots or streaks The power to the product might have

    Reprint the job.

    fluctuated.

    Unclear text The resolution levels might be set incorrectly. Verify that the resolution settings are correct.

    ###### Repetitive defects ruler

    If defects repeat at regular intervals on the page, use this ruler to identify the cause of the defect. Place the top of the ruler at the first defect. The marking that is beside the next occurrence of the defect indicates which component needs to be replaced.

    If the defect correlates with the print engine or the fuser, the product might require service. Contact HP Customer Care.

    Figure 12-1 Repetitive defects ruler

    0 mm

    Page 229

    27 mm

    29 mm

    39 mm

    56 mm

    75 mm

    Distance between defects Product components that cause the defect 27 mm Print engine 29 mm Print engine 39 mm Print engine 56 mm Fuser 75 mm Print cartridge

    ###### Optimize and improve image quality Change print density

  • 1. Use the printer driver to change the default settings. Follow the appropriate procedure, depending on the operating system you are using. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the default Start menu view) a. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes. b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties. c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the Classic Start menu view) a. Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers. b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties. c. Click the Device Settings tab. Windows Vista a. Click Start, click Control Panel, and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer. b. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties. c. Click the Device Settings tab. Mac OS X 10.4 a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon. b. Click the Printer Setup button. Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6 a. From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print & Fax icon. b. Select the product in the left side of the window. c. Click the Options & Supplies button. d. Click the Driver tab.
  • 2. Adjust the Print Density slider to change the setting. Manage and configure printer drivers
  • The product uses the paper-type setting to establish many internal settings that affect print quality. Always use the correct paper-type setting in the printer driver. Also make sure that the other settings on the Paper/ Quality tab in the printer driver are correct.

    ##### Solve performance problems

    Problem Cause Solution Pages print but are totally blank. The sealing tape might still be in the print

    Verify that the sealing tape has been completely removed from the print cartridges.

    Page 230

    cartridges.

    The document might contain blank pages. Check the document that you are printing to see if content appears on all of the pages.

    The product might be malfunctioning. To check the product, print a Configuration page.

    Pages print very slowly. Heavier paper types can slow the print job. Print on a different type of paper. Complex pages can print slowly. Proper fusing may require a slower print

    speed to ensure the best print quality. Pages did not print. The product might not be pulling paper

    Make sure paper is loaded in the tray correctly.

    correctly.

    The paper is jamming in the product. Clear the jam. The USB cable might be defective or incorrectly connected.

  • ● Disconnect the USB cable at both ends and reconnect it.
  • ● Try printing a job that has printed in the past.
  • ● Try using a different USB cable.
  • Other devices are running on your computer.

    The product might not share a USB port. If you have an external hard drive or network switchbox that is connected to the same port as the product, the other device might be interfering. To connect and use the product, you must disconnect the other device or you must use two USB ports on the computer.

    Page 231

    ##### Solve connectivity problems

    ###### Solve direct-connect problems

    If you have connected the product directly to a computer, check the USB cable.

  • ● Verify that the USB cable is connected to the computer and to the product.
  • ● Verify that the USB cable is not longer than 2 m (6.5 ft). Replace the cable if necessary.
  • ● Verify that the USB cable is working correctly by connecting it to another product. Connect the cable to another port on the computer. Replace the cable if necessary.
  • ###### Solve network problems

    Check the following items to verify that the product is communicating with the network. Before beginning, print a configuration page.

    ENWW Solve performance problems 217

    Problem Solution Poor physical connection Verify that the product is attached to the correct network port using a cable of the

    correct length. Verify that cable connections are secure. Look at the network port connection on the back of the product, and verify that the amber activity light and the green link-status light are lit. If the problem continues, try a different cable or port on the hub.

    The computer is unable to communicate with the product.

    Use the command prompt to ping the product from your computer. For example: ping 192.168.45.39

    Verify that the ping displays round-trip times, which indicates that it is working. If the ping command failed, verify that the network hubs are on, and then verify that the network settings, the product, and the computer are all configured for the same network.

    Page 232

    Incorrect link and duplex settings HP recommends leaving this setting in automatic mode (the default setting). Incorrect IP address for the product on the computer

    Use the correct IP address. The IP address is listed on the configuration page. Open the printer properties and click the Ports tab. Verify that the current IP address for the product is selected.

    New software programs have caused compatibility problems.

    Your computer or workstation is set up incorrectly.

    The protocol is disabled, or other network settings are incorrect.

  • ● If you installed the product using the HP standard TCP/IP port, select the box labeled Always print to this printer, even if its IP address changes.
  • ● If you installed the product using a Microsoft standard TCP/IP port, use the hostname instead of the IP address.
  • If the IP address is correct, delete the product and then add it again.

    Verify that any new software programs are correctly installed and that they use the correct printer driver.

    Check the network drivers, printer drivers, and the network redirection. Verify that the operating system is configured correctly.

    Review the configuration page to check the status of the protocol. Enable it if necessary. Reconfigure the network settings if necessary.

    ##### Solve software problems

    ###### Solve common Windows problems

    Page 233

    Error message: “(Name of the program, for example, Internet Explorer) has encountered a problem and needs to close. We are sorry for the inconvenience” Cause Solution

    Close all software programs, restart Windows, and try again. If the application referenced is the printer driver, select or install a different printer driver. If the product PCL 6 printer driver is selected, switch to the PCL 5 or HP postscript level 3 emulation printer driver. See the Microsoft Windows documentation that came with the computer for more information about Windows error messages, or go to www.microsoft.com.

    ###### Solve common Mac problems

    Table 12-3 Problems in Mac OS X The printer driver is not listed in the Printer Setup Utility or the Print & Fax list. Cause Solution

    The product software might not have been installed or was installed incorrectly.

    Make sure that the product .GZ file is in the following hard-drive folder:

  • ● Mac OS X v10.4: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/ Resources/.lproj, where is the two-letter language code for the language that you are using.
  • ● Mac OS X v10.5 and v10.6: Library/Printers/PPDs/ Contents/Resources
  • If necessary, reinstall the software. See the getting started guide for instructions.

    The Postscript Printer Description (PPD) file is corrupt. Delete the .GZ file from the following hard-drive folder:

  • ● Mac OS X v10.4: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/ Resources/.lproj, where is the two-letter language code for the language that you are using.
  • ● Mac OS X v10.5 and v10.6: Library/Printers/PPDs/ Contents/Resources
  • Reinstall the software. See the getting started guide for instructions.

    Page 234

    The product name does not appear in the product list in the Printer Setup Utility or Print & Fax list. Cause Solution The product might not be ready. Make sure that the cables are connected correctly, the product is on, and

    the Ready light is on.

    The wrong product name is being used. Print a configuration page to check the product name. Verify that the name on the configuration page matches the product name in the Printer Setup Utility or the Print & Fax list.

    The interface cable might be defective or of poor quality. Replace the cable with a high-quality cable.

    The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected product in the Printer Setup Utility or the Print & Fax list. Cause Solution The product might not be ready. Make sure that the cables are connected correctly, the product is on, and

    the Ready light is on.

    The product software might not have been installed or was installed incorrectly.

    Make sure that the product PPD is in the following hard-drive folder:

  • ● Mac OS X v10.4: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/ Resources/.lproj, where is the two-letter language code for the language that you are using.
  • ● Mac OS X v10.5 and v10.6: Library/Printers/PPDs/ Contents/Resources
  • If necessary, reinstall the software. See the getting started guide for instructions.

    The Postscript Printer Description (PPD) file is corrupt. Delete the .GZ file from the following hard-drive folder:

  • ● Mac OS X v10.4: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/ Resources/.lproj, where is the two-letter language code for the language that you are using.
  • Page 235

  • ● Mac OS X v10.5 and v10.6: Library/Printers/PPDs/ Contents/Resources
  • Reinstall the software. See the getting started guide for instructions. The interface cable might be defective or of poor quality. Replace the interface cable with a high-quality cable.

    A print job was not sent to the product that you wanted. Cause Solution The print queue might be stopped. Restart the print queue. Open print monitor and select Start Jobs. The wrong product name is being used. Another product with the same or similar name might have received your print job.

    Print a configuration page to check the product name. Verify that the name on the configuration page matches the product name in the Printer Setup Utility or Print & Fax list.

    You are unable to print from a third-party USB card. Cause Solution This error occurs when the software for USB products is not installed. When adding a third-party USB card, you might need the Apple USB

    Adapter Card Support software. The most current version of this software is available from the Apple Web site.

    When connected with a USB cable, the product does not appear in the Printer Setup Utility or Print & Fax list after the driver is selected. Cause Solution This problem is caused by either a software or a hardware component. Software troubleshooting

  • ● Check that your Mac supports USB.
  • ● Verify that your Mac operating system is Mac OS X v10.4 or later.
  • ● Ensure that your Mac has the appropriate USB software from Apple.
  • ############ Hardware troubleshooting

  • ● Check that the product is turned on.
  • ● Verify that the USB cable is connected correctly.
  • ● Check that you are using the appropriate high-speed USB cable.
  • ● Ensure that you do not have too many USB devices drawing power from the chain. Disconnect all of the devices from the chain, and connect the cable directly to the USB port on the host computer.
  • Page 236

  • ● Check to see if more than two non-powered USB hubs are connected in a row on the chain. Disconnect all of the devices from the chain, and then connect the cable directly to the USB port on the host computer. NOTE: The iMac keyboard is a non-powered USB hub.
  • A Supplies and accessories

  • ● Order parts, accessories, and supplies
  • ● Part numbers
  • ##### Order parts, accessories, and supplies

    Order supplies and paper www.hp.com/go/suresupply Order genuine HP parts or accessories www.hp.com/buy/parts Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.

    ##### Part numbers

    The following list of accessories was current at the time of printing. Ordering information and availability of the accessories might change during the life of the product.

    ###### Paper-handling accessories

    Item Description Part number Pickup roller Pickup roller for input tray RL1-1443-000CN Separation pad assembly Separation pad for input tray RM1-4006-000CN

    ###### Print cartridges

    Item Description Part number HP LaserJet print cartridge Black print cartridge See one the following items to determine

    Page 237

    the print cartridge part number.

  • ● The configuration page
  • ● The supplies status page
  • ● The current print cartridge
  • ● www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies
  • ###### Cables and interfaces

    Item Description Part number USB cable 2-meter A-to-B cable 8121-0868

    224 Appendix A Supplies and accessories ENWW

    B Service and support

  • ● HP limited warranty statement
  • ● HP's Premium Protection Warranty: LaserJet toner cartridge limited warranty statement
  • ● HP policy on non-HP supplies
  • ● HP anticounterfeit Web site
  • ● Data stored on the toner cartridge
  • Page 238

  • ● End User License Agreement
  • ● Customer self-repair warranty service
  • ● Customer support
  • ##### HP limited warranty statement

    HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY HP LaserJet Professional M1130, M1210 One year from date of purchase

    HP warrants to you, the end-user customer, that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase, for the period specified above. If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either repair or replace products which prove to be defective. Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new.

    HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase, for the period specified above, due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used. If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects.

    HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free. If HP is unable, within a reasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, you will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product.

    HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use.

    Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration, (b) software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by HP, (c) unauthorized modification or misuse, (d) operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product, or (e) improper site preparation or maintenance.

    TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country/region to country/region, state to state, or province to province.

    HP's limited warranty is valid in any country/region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product. The level of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards. HP will not alter form, fit or function of the product to make it operate in a country/region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons.

    TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.

    Page 239

    THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.

    ###### UK, Ireland, and Malta

    The HP Limited Warranty is a commercial guarantee voluntarily provided by HP. The name and address of the HP entity responsible for the performance of the HP Limited Warranty in your country/region is as follows:

    UK: HP Inc UK Limited, Cain Road, Amen Corner, Bracknell, Berkshire, RG12 1HN Ireland: Hewlett-Packard Ireland Limited, Liffey Park Technology Campus, Barnhall Road, Leixlip, Co.Kildare Malta: Hewlett-Packard Europe B.V., Amsterdam, Meyrin Branch, Route du Nant-d'Avril 150, 1217 Meyrin, Switzerland United Kingdom: The HP Limited Warranty benefits apply in addition to any legal rights to a guarantee from seller of nonconformity of goods with the contract of sale. These rights expire six years from delivery of goods for products purchased in England or Wales and five years from delivery of goods for products purchased in Scotland. However various factors may impact your eligibility to receive these rights. For further information, please consult the following link: Consumer Legal Guarantee (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) or you may visit the European Consumer Centers website (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/ solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Consumers have the right to choose whether to claim service under the HP Limited Warranty or against the seller under the legal guarantee. Ireland: The HP Limited Warranty benefits apply in addition to any statutory rights from seller in relation to nonconformity of goods with the contract of sale. However various factors may impact your eligibility to receive these rights. Consumer statutory rights are not limited or affected in any manner by HP Care Pack. For further information, please consult the following link: Consumer Legal Guarantee (www.hp.com/go/eulegal) or you may visit the European Consumer Centers website (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/ solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Consumers have the right to choose whether to claim service under the HP Limited Warranty or against the seller under the legal guarantee. Malta: The HP Limited Warranty benefits apply in addition to any legal rights to a two-year guarantee from seller of nonconformity of goods with the contract of sale; however various factors may impact your eligibility to receive these rights. Consumer statutory rights are not limited or affected in any manner by the HP Limited Warranty. For further information, please consult the following link: Consumer Legal Guarantee (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) or you may visit the European Consumer Centers website (http://ec.europa.eu/ consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Consumers have the right to choose whether to claim service under the HP Limited Warranty or against the seller under two-year legal guarantee.

    ###### Austria, Belgium, Germany, and Luxemburg

    Die beschränkte HP Herstellergarantie ist eine von HP auf freiwilliger Basis angebotene kommerzielle Garantie. Der Name und die Adresse der HP Gesellschaft, die in Ihrem Land für die Gewährung der beschränkten HP Herstellergarantie verantwortlich ist, sind wie folgt:

    Deutschland: HP Deutschland GmbH, Schickardstr. 32, D-71034 Böblingen Österreich: HP Austria GmbH., Technologiestrasse 5, A-1120 Wien Luxemburg: Hewlett-Packard Luxembourg S.C.A., 75, Parc d'Activités Capellen, Rue Pafebruc, L-8308 Capellen Belgien: HP Belgium BVBA, Hermeslaan 1A, B-1831 Diegem

    Die Rechte aus der beschränkten HP Herstellergarantie gelten zusätzlich zu den gesetzlichen Ansprüchen wegen Sachmängeln auf eine zweijährige Gewährleistung ab dem Lieferdatum. Ob Sie Anspruch auf diese

    Rechte haben, hängt von zahlreichen Faktoren ab. Die Rechte des Kunden sind in keiner Weise durch die beschränkte HP Herstellergarantie eingeschränkt bzw. betroffen. Weitere Hinweise finden Sie auf der folgenden Website: Gewährleistungsansprüche für Verbraucher (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) oder Sie können die Website des Europäischen Verbraucherzentrums (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/ solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm) besuchen. Verbraucher haben das Recht zu wählen, ob sie eine Leistung von HP gemäß der beschränkten HP Herstellergarantie in Anspruch nehmen oder ob sie sich gemäß der gesetzlichen zweijährigen Haftung für Sachmängel (Gewährleistung) sich an den jeweiligen Verkäufer wenden.

    ###### Belgium, France, and Luxemburg

    La garantie limitée HP est une garantie commerciale fournie volontairement par HP. Voici les coordonnées de l'entité HP responsable de l'exécution de la garantie limitée HP dans votre pays:

    France: HP France SAS, société par actions simplifiée identifiée sous le numéro 448 694 133 RCS Evry, 1 Avenue du Canada, 91947, Les Ulis

    G.D. Luxembourg: Hewlett-Packard Luxembourg S.C.A., 75, Parc d'Activités Capellen, Rue Pafebruc, L-8308 Capellen

    Page 240

    Belgique: HP Belgium BVBA, Hermeslaan 1A, B-1831 Diegem France: Les avantages de la garantie limitée HP s'appliquent en complément des droits dont vous disposez au titre des garanties légales applicables dont le bénéfice est soumis à des conditions spécifiques. Vos droits en tant que consommateur au titre de la garantie légale de conformité mentionnée aux articles L. 211-4 à L. 211-13 du Code de la Consommation et de celle relatives aux défauts de la chose vendue, dans les conditions prévues aux articles 1641 à 1648 et 2232 du Code de Commerce ne sont en aucune façon limités ou affectés par la garantie limitée HP. Pour de plus amples informations, veuillez consulter le lien suivant : Garanties légales accordées au consommateur (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal). Vous pouvez également consulter le site Web des Centres européens des consommateurs (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/ solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Les consommateurs ont le droit de choisir d’exercer leurs droits au titre de la garantie limitée HP, ou auprès du vendeur au titre des garanties légales applicables mentionnées ci-dessus. POUR RAPPEL: Garantie Légale de Conformité:

    « Le vendeur est tenu de livrer un bien conforme au contrat et répond des défauts de conformité existant lors de la délivrance.

    Il répond également des défauts de conformité résultant de l'emballage, des instructions de montage ou de l'installation lorsque celle-ci a été mise à sa charge par le contrat ou a été réalisée sous sa responsabilité ».

    Article L211-5 du Code de la Consommation: « Pour être conforme au contrat, le bien doit:

  • 1° Etre propre à l'usage habituellement attendu d'un bien semblable et, le cas échéant:
  • - correspondre à la description donnée par le vendeur et posséder les qualités que celui-ci a présentées à l'acheteur sous forme d'échantillon ou de modèle;
  • - présenter les qualités qu'un acheteur peut légitimement attendre eu égard aux déclarations publiques faites par le vendeur, par le producteur ou par son représentant, notamment dans la publicité ou l'étiquetage;
  • 2° Ou présenter les caractéristiques définies d'un commun accord par les parties ou être propre à tout usage spécial recherché par l'acheteur, porté à la connaissance du vendeur et que ce dernier a accepté ».
  • ###### Italy

    ###### Spain

    Article L211-12 du Code de la Consommation: « L'action résultant du défaut de conformité se prescrit par deux ans à compter de la délivrance du bien ». Garantie des vices cachés

    Article 1641 du Code Civil : « Le vendeur est tenu de la garantie à raison des défauts cachés de la chose vendue qui la rendent impropre à l'usage auquel on la destine, ou qui diminuent tellement cet usage que l'acheteur ne l'aurait pas acquise, ou n'en aurait donné qu'un moindre prix, s'il les avait connus. »

    Page 241

    Article 1648 alinéa 1 du Code Civil:

    « L'action résultant des vices rédhibitoires doit être intentée par l'acquéreur dans un délai de deux ans à compter de la découverte du vice. »

    G.D. Luxembourg et Belgique: Les avantages de la garantie limitée HP s'appliquent en complément des droits dont vous disposez au titre de la garantie de non-conformité des biens avec le contrat de vente. Cependant, de nombreux facteurs peuvent avoir un impact sur le bénéfice de ces droits. Vos droits en tant que consommateur au titre de ces garanties ne sont en aucune façon limités ou affectés par la garantie limitée HP. Pour de plus amples informations, veuillez consulter le lien suivant : Garanties légales accordées au consommateur (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) ou vous pouvez également consulter le site Web des Centres européens des consommateurs (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/nonjudicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Les consommateurs ont le droit de choisir de réclamer un service sous la garantie limitée HP ou auprès du vendeur au cours d'une garantie légale de deux ans.

    La Garanzia limitata HP è una garanzia commerciale fornita volontariamente da HP. Di seguito sono indicati nome e indirizzo della società HP responsabile della fornitura dei servizi coperti dalla Garanzia limitata HP nel vostro Paese:

    Italia: HP Italy S.r.l., Via G. Di Vittorio 9, 20063 Cernusco S/Naviglio

    I vantaggi della Garanzia limitata HP vengono concessi ai consumatori in aggiunta ai diritti derivanti dalla garanzia di due anni fornita dal venditore in caso di non conformità dei beni rispetto al contratto di vendita. Tuttavia, diversi fattori possono avere un impatto sulla possibilita’ di beneficiare di tali diritti. I diritti spettanti ai consumatori in forza della garanzia legale non sono in alcun modo limitati, né modificati dalla Garanzia limitata HP. Per ulteriori informazioni, si prega di consultare il seguente link: Garanzia legale per i clienti (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal), oppure visitare il sito Web dei Centri europei per i consumatori (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). I consumatori hanno il diritto di scegliere se richiedere un servizio usufruendo della Garanzia limitata HP oppure rivolgendosi al venditore per far valere la garanzia legale di due anni.

    Su Garantía limitada de HP es una garantía comercial voluntariamente proporcionada por HP. El nombre y dirección de las entidades HP que proporcionan la Garantía limitada de HP (garantía comercial adicional del fabricante) en su país es:

    España: Hewlett-Packard Española S.L. Calle Vicente Aleixandre, 1 Parque Empresarial Madrid - Las Rozas, E-28232 Madrid Los beneficios de la Garantía limitada de HP son adicionales a la garantía legal de 2 años a la que los consumidores tienen derecho a recibir del vendedor en virtud del contrato de compraventa; sin embargo, varios factores pueden afectar su derecho a recibir los beneficios bajo dicha garantía legal. A este respecto, la Garantía limitada de HP no limita o afecta en modo alguno los derechos legales del consumidor (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal). Para más información, consulte el siguiente enlace: Garantía legal del

    consumidor o puede visitar el sitio web de los Centros europeos de los consumidores (http://ec.europa.eu/ consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Los clientes tienen derecho a elegir si reclaman un servicio acogiéndose a la Garantía limitada de HP o al vendedor de conformidad con la garantía legal de dos años.

    ###### Denmark

    Den begrænsede HP-garanti er en garanti, der ydes frivilligt af HP. Navn og adresse på det HP-selskab, der er ansvarligt for HP's begrænsede garanti i dit land, er som følger:

    Danmark: HP Inc Danmark ApS, Engholm Parkvej 8, 3450, Allerød

    Den begrænsede HP-garanti gælder i tillæg til eventuelle juridiske rettigheder, for en toårig garanti fra sælgeren af varer, der ikke er i overensstemmelse med salgsaftalen, men forskellige faktorer kan dog påvirke din ret til at opnå disse rettigheder. Forbrugerens lovbestemte rettigheder begrænses eller påvirkes ikke på nogen måde af den begrænsede HP-garanti. Se nedenstående link for at få yderligere oplysninger: Forbrugerens juridiske garanti (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) eller du kan besøge De Europæiske Forbrugercentres websted (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/nonjudicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Forbrugere har ret til at vælge, om de vil gøre krav på service i henhold til HP's begrænsede garanti eller hos sælger i henhold til en toårig juridisk garanti.

    Page 242

    ###### Norway

    HPs garanti er en begrenset og kommersiell garanti som HP selv har valgt å tilby. Følgende lokale selskap innestår for garantien:

    Norge: HP Norge AS, Rolfbuktveien 4b, 1364 Fornebu

    HPs garanti kommer i tillegg til det mangelsansvar HP har i henhold til norsk forbrukerkjøpslovgivning, hvor reklamasjonsperioden kan være to eller fem år, avhengig av hvor lenge salgsgjenstanden var ment å vare. Ulike faktorer kan imidlertid ha betydning for om du kvalifiserer til å kreve avhjelp iht slikt mangelsansvar. Forbrukerens lovmessige rettigheter begrenses ikke av HPs garanti. Hvis du vil ha mer informasjon, kan du klikke på følgende kobling: Juridisk garanti for forbruker (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) eller du kan besøke nettstedet til de europeiske forbrukersentrene (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/ solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Forbrukere har retten til å velge å kreve service under HPs garanti eller iht selgerens lovpålagte mangelsansvar.

    ###### Sweden

    HP:s begränsade garanti är en kommersiell garanti som tillhandahålls frivilligt av HP. Namn och adress till det HP-företag som ansvarar för HP:s begränsade garanti i ditt land är som följer:

    Sverige: HP PPS Sverige AB, SE-169 73 Stockholm

    Fördelarna som ingår i HP:s begränsade garanti gäller utöver de lagstadgade rättigheterna till tre års garanti från säljaren angående varans bristande överensstämmelse gentemot köpeavtalet, men olika faktorer kan påverka din rätt att utnyttja dessa rättigheter. Konsumentens lagstadgade rättigheter varken begränsas eller påverkas på något sätt av HP:s begränsade garanti. Mer information får du om du följer denna länk: Lagstadgad garanti för konsumenter (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) eller så kan du gå till European Consumer Centers webbplats (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/eccnet/index_en.htm). Konsumenter har rätt att välja om de vill ställa krav enligt HP:s begränsade garanti eller på säljaren enligt den lagstadgade treåriga garantin.

    ###### Portugal

    A Garantia Limitada HP é uma garantia comercial fornecida voluntariamente pela HP. O nome e a morada da entidade HP responsável pela prestação da Garantia Limitada HP no seu país são os seguintes:

    Portugal: HPCP – Computing and Printing Portugal, Unipessoal, Lda., Edificio D. Sancho I, Quinta da Fonte, Porto Salvo, Lisboa, Oeiras, 2740 244 As vantagens da Garantia Limitada HP aplicam-se cumulativamente com quaisquer direitos decorrentes da legislação aplicável à garantia de dois anos do vendedor, relativa a defeitos do produto e constante do contrato de venda. Existem, contudo, vários fatores que poderão afetar a sua elegibilidade para beneficiar de tais direitos. Os direitos legalmente atribuídos aos consumidores não são limitados ou afetados de forma alguma pela Garantia Limitada HP. Para mais informações, consulte a ligação seguinte: Garantia legal do consumidor (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) ou visite o Web site da Rede dos Centros Europeus do Consumidor (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Os consumidores têm o direito de escolher se pretendem reclamar assistência ao abrigo da Garantia Limitada HP ou contra o vendedor ao abrigo de uma garantia jurídica de dois anos.

    ###### Greece and Cyprus

    Η Περιορισμένη εγγύηση HP είναι μια εμπορική εγγύηση η οποία παρέχεται εθελοντικά από την HP. Η επωνυμία και η διεύθυνση του νομικού προσώπου ΗΡ που παρέχει την Περιορισμένη εγγύηση ΗΡ στη χώρα σας είναι η εξής:

    Page 243

    Ελλάδα /Κύπρoς: HP Printing and Personal Systems Hellas EPE, Tzavella 1-3, 15232 Chalandri, Attiki Ελλάδα /Κύπρoς: HP Συστήματα Εκτύπωσης και Προσωπικών Υπολογιστών Ελλάς Εταιρεία Περιορισμένης Ευθύνης, Tzavella 1-3, 15232 Chalandri, Attiki Τα προνόμια της Περιορισμένης εγγύησης HP ισχύουν επιπλέον των νόμιμων δικαιωμάτων για διετή εγγύηση έναντι του Πωλητή για τη μη συμμόρφωση των προϊόντων με τις συνομολογημένες συμβατικά ιδιότητες, ωστόσο η άσκηση των δικαιωμάτων σας αυτών μπορεί να εξαρτάται από διάφορους παράγοντες. Τα νόμιμα δικαιώματα των καταναλωτών δεν περιορίζονται ούτε επηρεάζονται καθ’ οιονδήποτε τρόπο από την Περιορισμένη εγγύηση HP. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, συμβουλευτείτε την ακόλουθη τοποθεσία web: Νόμιμη εγγύηση καταναλωτή (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) ή μπορείτε να επισκεφτείτε την τοποθεσία web των Ευρωπαϊκών Κέντρων Καταναλωτή (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/nonjudicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Οι καταναλωτές έχουν το δικαίωμα να επιλέξουν αν θα αξιώσουν την υπηρεσία στα πλαίσια της Περιορισμένης εγγύησης ΗΡ ή από τον πωλητή στα πλαίσια της νόμιμης εγγύησης δύο ετών.

    ###### Hungary

    A HP korlátozott jótállás egy olyan kereskedelmi jótállás, amelyet a HP a saját elhatározásából biztosít. Az egyes országokban a HP mint gyártó által vállalt korlátozott jótállást biztosító HP vállalatok neve és címe:

    Magyarország: HP Inc Magyarország Kft., H-1117 Budapest, Alíz utca 1.

    A HP korlátozott jótállásban biztosított jogok azokon a jogokon felül illetik meg Önt, amelyek a termékeknek az adásvételi szerződés szerinti minőségére vonatkozó kétéves, jogszabályban foglalt eladói szavatosságból, továbbá ha az Ön által vásárolt termékre alkalmazandó, a jogszabályban foglalt kötelező eladói jótállásból erednek, azonban számos körülmény hatással lehet arra, hogy ezek a jogok Önt megilletike. További információért kérjük, keresse fel a következő webhelyet: Jogi Tájékoztató Fogyasztóknak (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) vagy látogassa meg az Európai Fogyasztói Központok webhelyét (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). A fogyasztóknak jogában áll, hogy megválasszák, hogy a jótállással kapcsolatos igényüket a HP korlátozott

    jótállás alapján vagy a kétéves, jogszabályban foglalt eladói szavatosság, illetve, ha alkalmazandó, a jogszabályban foglalt kötelező eladói jótállás alapján érvényesítik.

    ###### Czech Republic

    Omezená záruka HP je obchodní zárukou dobrovolně poskytovanou společností HP. Názvy a adresy společností skupiny HP, které odpovídají za plnění omezené záruky HP ve vaší zemi, jsou následující:

    Česká republika: HP Inc Czech Republic s. r. o., Za Brumlovkou 5/1559, 140 00 Praha 4

    Výhody, poskytované omezenou zárukou HP, se uplatňuji jako doplňek k jakýmkoli právním nárokům na dvouletou záruku poskytnutou prodejcem v případě nesouladu zboží s kupní smlouvou. Váš nárok na uznání těchto práv však může záviset na mnohých faktorech. Omezená záruka HP žádným způsobem neomezuje ani neovlivňuje zákonná práva zákazníka. Další informace získáte kliknutím na následující odkaz: Zákonná záruka spotřebitele (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) případně můžete navštívit webové stránky Evropského spotřebitelského centra (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ ecc-net/index_en.htm). Spotřebitelé mají právo se rozhodnout, zda chtějí službu reklamovat v rámci omezené záruky HP nebo v rámci zákonem stanovené dvouleté záruky u prodejce.

    ###### Slovakia

    Obmedzená záruka HP je obchodná záruka, ktorú spoločnosť HP poskytuje dobrovoľne. Meno a adresa subjektu HP, ktorý zabezpečuje plnenie vyplývajúce z Obmedzenej záruky HP vo vašej krajine:

    Slovenská republika: HP Inc Slovakia, s.r.o., Galvaniho 7, 821 04 Bratislava

    Page 244

    Výhody Obmedzenej záruky HP sa uplatnia vedľa prípadných zákazníkových zákonných nárokov voči predávajúcemu z vád, ktoré spočívajú v nesúlade vlastností tovaru s jeho popisom podľa predmetnej zmluvy. Možnosť uplatnenia takých prípadných nárokov však môže závisieť od rôznych faktorov. Služby Obmedzenej záruky HP žiadnym spôsobom neobmedzujú ani neovplyvňujú zákonné práva zákazníka, ktorý je spotrebiteľom. Ďalšie informácie nájdete na nasledujúcom prepojení: Zákonná záruka spotrebiteľa (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal), prípadne môžete navštíviť webovú lokalitu európskych zákazníckych stredísk (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Spotrebitelia majú právo zvoliť si, či chcú uplatniť servis v rámci Obmedzenej záruky HP alebo počas zákonnej dvojročnej záručnej lehoty u predajcu.

    ###### Poland

    Ograniczona gwarancja HP to komercyjna gwarancja udzielona dobrowolnie przez HP. Nazwa i adres podmiotu HP odpowiedzialnego za realizację Ograniczonej gwarancji HP w Polsce:

    Polska: HP Inc Polska sp. z o.o., Szturmowa 2a, 02-678 Warszawa, wpisana do rejestru przedsiębiorców prowadzonego przez Sąd Rejonowy dla m.st. Warszawy w Warszawie, XIII Wydział Gospodarczy Krajowego Rejestru Sądowego, pod numerem KRS 0000546115, NIP 5213690563, REGON 360916326, GIOŚ E0020757WZBW, kapitał zakładowy 480.000 PLN.

    Świadczenia wynikające z Ograniczonej gwarancji HP stanowią dodatek do praw przysługujących nabywcy w związku z dwuletnią odpowiedzialnością sprzedawcy z tytułu niezgodności towaru z umową (rękojmia). Niemniej, na możliwość korzystania z tych praw mają wpływ różne czynniki. Ograniczona gwarancja HP w żaden sposób nie ogranicza praw konsumenta ani na nie nie wpływa. Więcej informacji można znaleźć pod następującym łączem: Gwarancja prawna konsumenta (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal), można także odwiedzić stronę internetową Europejskiego Centrum Konsumenckiego (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/ solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Konsumenci mają prawo wyboru co do możliwosci skorzystania albo z usług gwarancyjnych przysługujących w ramach Ograniczonej gwarancji HP albo z uprawnień wynikających z dwuletniej rękojmi w stosunku do sprzedawcy.

    ###### Bulgaria

    Ограничената гаранция на HP представлява търговска гаранция, доброволно предоставяна от HP. Името и адресът на дружеството на HP за вашата страна, отговорно за предоставянето на гаранционната поддръжка в рамките на Ограничената гаранция на HP, са както следва:

    HP Inc Bulgaria EOOD (Ейч Пи Инк България ЕООД), гр. София 1766, район р-н Младост, бул. Околовръстен Път No 258, Бизнес Център Камбаните

    Предимствата на Ограничената гаранция на HP се прилагат в допълнение към всички законови права за двугодишна гаранция от продавача при несъответствие на стоката с договора за продажба. Въпреки това, различни фактори могат да окажат влияние върху условията за получаване на тези права. Законовите права на потребителите не са ограничени или засегнати по никакъв начин от Ограничената гаранция на HP. За допълнителна информация, моля вижте Правната гаранция на потребителя (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) или посетете уебсайта на Европейския потребителски център (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Потребителите имат правото да избират дали да претендират за извършване на услуга в рамките на Ограничената гаранция на HP или да потърсят такава от търговеца в рамките на двугодишната правна гаранция.

    ###### Romania

    Garanția limitată HP este o garanție comercială furnizată în mod voluntar de către HP. Numele și adresa entității HP răspunzătoare de punerea în aplicare a Garanției limitate HP în țara dumneavoastră sunt următoarele:

    Romănia: HP Inc Romania SRL, 5 Fabrica de Glucoza Str., Building F, Ground Floor and Floor 8, 2nd District, Bucureşti Beneficiile Garanției limitate HP se aplică suplimentar faţă de orice drepturi privind garanţia de doi ani oferită de vânzător pentru neconformitatea bunurilor cu contractul de vânzare; cu toate acestea, diverşi factori pot avea impact asupra eligibilităţii dvs. de a beneficia de aceste drepturi. Drepturile legale ale consumatorului nu sunt limitate sau afectate în vreun fel de Garanția limitată HP. Pentru informaţii suplimentare consultaţi următorul link: garanția acordată consumatorului prin lege (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) sau puteți accesa site-ul Centrul European al Consumatorilor (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/ non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Consumatorii au dreptul să aleagă dacă să pretindă despăgubiri în cadrul Garanței limitate HP sau de la vânzător, în cadrul garanției legale de doi ani.

    ###### Belgium and the Netherlands

    Page 245

    De Beperkte Garantie van HP is een commerciële garantie vrijwillig verstrekt door HP. De naam en het adres van de HP-entiteit die verantwoordelijk is voor het uitvoeren van de Beperkte Garantie van HP in uw land is als volgt:

    Nederland: HP Nederland B.V., Startbaan 16, 1187 XR Amstelveen België: HP Belgium BVBA, Hermeslaan 1A, B-1831 Diegem

    De voordelen van de Beperkte Garantie van HP vormen een aanvulling op de wettelijke garantie voor consumenten gedurende twee jaren na de levering te verlenen door de verkoper bij een gebrek aan conformiteit van de goederen met de relevante verkoopsovereenkomst. Niettemin kunnen diverse factoren een impact hebben op uw eventuele aanspraak op deze wettelijke rechten. De wettelijke rechten van de consument worden op geen enkele wijze beperkt of beïnvloed door de Beperkte Garantie van HP. Raadpleeg voor meer informatie de volgende webpagina: Wettelijke garantie van de consument (www.hp.com/go/eulegal) of u kan de website van het Europees Consumenten Centrum bezoeken (http://ec.europa.eu/ consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Consumenten hebben

    het recht om te kiezen tussen enerzijds de Beperkte Garantie van HP of anderzijds het aanspreken van de verkoper in toepassing van de wettelijke garantie.

    ###### Finland

    HP:n rajoitettu takuu on HP:n vapaaehtoisesti antama kaupallinen takuu. HP:n myöntämästä takuusta maassanne vastaavan HP:n edustajan yhteystiedot ovat:

    Suomi: HP Finland Oy, Piispankalliontie, FIN - 02200 Espoo

    HP:n takuun edut ovat voimassa mahdollisten kuluttajansuojalakiin perustuvien oikeuksien lisäksi sen varalta, että tuote ei vastaa myyntisopimusta. Saat lisätietoja seuraavasta linkistä: Kuluttajansuoja (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) tai voit käydä Euroopan kuluttajakeskuksen sivustolla (http://ec.europa.eu/ consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Kuluttajilla on oikeus vaatia virheen korjausta HP:n takuun ja kuluttajansuojan perusteella HP:lta tai myyjältä.

    ###### Slovenia

    Omejena garancija HP je prostovoljna trgovska garancija, ki jo zagotavlja podjetje HP. Ime in naslov poslovne enote HP, ki je odgovorna za omejeno garancijo HP v vaši državi, sta naslednja:

    Slovenija: Hewlett-Packard Europe B.V., Amsterdam, Meyrin Branch, Route du Nant-d'Avril 150, 1217 Meyrin, Switzerland Ugodnosti omejene garancije HP veljajo poleg zakonskih pravic, ki ob sklenitvi kupoprodajne pogodbe izhajajo iz dveletne garancije prodajalca v primeru neskladnosti blaga, vendar lahko na izpolnjevanje pogojev za uveljavitev pravic vplivajo različni dejavniki. Omejena garancija HP nikakor ne omejuje strankinih z zakonom predpisanih pravic in ne vpliva nanje. Za dodatne informacije glejte naslednjo povezavo: Strankino pravno jamstvo (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal); ali pa obiščite spletno mesto evropskih središč za potrošnike (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Potrošniki imajo pravico izbrati, ali bodo uveljavljali pravice do storitev v skladu z omejeno garancijo HP ali proti prodajalcu v skladu z dvoletno zakonsko garancijo.

    ###### Croatia

    HP ograničeno jamstvo komercijalno je dobrovoljno jamstvo koje pruža HP. Ime i adresa HP subjekta odgovornog za HP ograničeno jamstvo u vašoj državi:

    Page 246

    Hrvatska: HP Computing and Printing d.o.o. za računalne i srodne aktivnosti, Radnička cesta 41, 10000 Zagreb Pogodnosti HP ograničenog jamstva vrijede zajedno uz sva zakonska prava na dvogodišnje jamstvo kod bilo kojeg prodavača s obzirom na nepodudaranje robe s ugovorom o kupnji. Međutim, razni faktori mogu utjecati na vašu mogućnost ostvarivanja tih prava. HP ograničeno jamstvo ni na koji način ne utječe niti ne ograničava zakonska prava potrošača. Dodatne informacije potražite na ovoj adresi: Zakonsko jamstvo za potrošače (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) ili možete posjetiti web-mjesto Europskih potrošačkih centara (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Potrošači imaju pravo odabrati žele li ostvariti svoja potraživanja u sklopu HP ograničenog jamstva ili pravnog jamstva prodavača u trajanju ispod dvije godine.

    ###### Latvia

    HP ierobežotā garantija ir komercgarantija, kuru brīvprātīgi nodrošina HP. HP uzņēmums, kas sniedz HP ierobežotās garantijas servisa nodrošinājumu jūsu valstī:

    Latvija: HP Finland Oy, PO Box 515, 02201 Espoo, Finland

    HP ierobežotās garantijas priekšrocības tiek piedāvātas papildus jebkurām likumīgajām tiesībām uz pārdevēja un/vai rażotāju nodrošinātu divu gadu garantiju gadījumā, ja preces neatbilst pirkuma līgumam, tomēr šo tiesību saņemšanu var ietekmēt vairāki faktori. HP ierobežotā garantija nekādā veidā neierobežo un neietekmē patērētāju likumīgās tiesības. Lai iegūtu plašāku informāciju, izmantojiet šo saiti: Patērētāju likumīgā garantija (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) vai arī Eiropas Patērētāju tiesību aizsardzības centra tīmekļa vietni (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/ index_en.htm). Patērētājiem ir tiesības izvēlēties, vai pieprasīt servisa nodrošinājumu saskaņā ar HP ierobežoto garantiju, vai arī pārdevēja sniegto divu gadu garantiju.

    ###### Lithuania

    HP ribotoji garantija yra HP savanoriškai teikiama komercinė garantija. Toliau pateikiami HP bendrovių, teikiančių HP garantiją (gamintojo garantiją) jūsų šalyje, pavadinimai ir adresai:

    Lietuva: HP Finland Oy, PO Box 515, 02201 Espoo, Finland

    HP ribotoji garantija papildomai taikoma kartu su bet kokiomis kitomis įstatymais nustatytomis teisėmis į pardavėjo suteikiamą dviejų metų laikotarpio garantiją dėl prekių atitikties pardavimo sutarčiai, tačiau tai, ar jums ši teisė bus suteikiama, gali priklausyti nuo įvairių aplinkybių. HP ribotoji garantija niekaip neapriboja ir neįtakoja įstatymais nustatytų vartotojo teisių. Daugiau informacijos rasite paspaudę šią nuorodą: Teisinė vartotojo garantija (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) arba apsilankę Europos vartotojų centro internetinėje svetainėje (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/ index_en.htm). Vartotojai turi teisę prašyti atlikti techninį aptarnavimą pagal HP ribotąją garantiją arba pardavėjo teikiamą dviejų metų įstatymais nustatytą garantiją.

    ###### Estonia

    HP piiratud garantii on HP poolt vabatahtlikult pakutav kaubanduslik garantii. HP piiratud garantii eest vastutab HP üksus aadressil:

    Eesti: HP Finland Oy, PO Box 515, 02201 Espoo, Finland

    HP piiratud garantii rakendub lisaks seaduses ettenähtud müüjapoolsele kaheaastasele garantiile, juhul kui toode ei vasta müügilepingu tingimustele. Siiski võib esineda asjaolusid, mille puhul teie jaoks need õigused ei pruugi kehtida. HP piiratud garantii ei piira ega mõjuta mingil moel tarbija seadusjärgseid õigusi. Lisateavet leiate järgmiselt lingilt: tarbija õiguslik garantii (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) või võite külastada Euroopa tarbijakeskuste veebisaiti (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/nonjudicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Tarbijal on õigus valida, kas ta soovib kasutada HP piiratud garantiid või seadusega ette nähtud müüjapoolset kaheaastast garantiid.

    Page 247

    ###### Russia

    ######### Срок службы принтера для России

    Срок службы данного принтера HP составляет пять лет в нормальных условиях эксплуатации. Срок службы отсчитывается с момента ввода принтера в эксплуатацию. В конце срока службы HP рекомендует посетить веб-сайт нашей службы поддержки по адресу http://www.hp.com/support и/или связаться с авторизованным поставщиком услуг HP для получения рекомендаций в отношении дальнейшего безопасного использования принтера.

    ##### HP's Premium Protection Warranty: LaserJet toner cartridge limited warranty statement

    This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. This warranty does not apply to products that (a) have been refilled, refurbished, remanufactured or tampered with in any way, (b) experience problems resulting from misuse, improper storage, or operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or (c) exhibit wear from ordinary use. To obtain warranty service, please return the product to place of purchase (with a written description of the problem and print samples) or contact HP customer support. At HP's option, HP will either replace products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.

    HP policy on non-HP supplies HP cannot recommend the use of non-HP toner cartridges, either new or remanufactured. NOTE: For HP printer products, the use of a non-HP toner cartridge or a refilled toner cartridge does not affect either the warranty to the customer or any HP support contract with the customer. However, if product failure or damage is attributable to the use of a non-HP toner cartridge or refilled toner cartridge, HP will charge its standard time and materials charges to service the product for the particular failure or damage.

    | | |---|

    ENWW HP policy on non-HP supplies 237

    ##### HP anticounterfeit Web site

    Go to www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit when you install an HP toner cartridge and the control-panel message indicates the cartridge is non-HP. HP will help determine if the cartridge is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem.

    Your toner cartridge might not be a genuine HP toner cartridge if you notice the following:

  • ● The supplies status page indicates that a non-HP supply is installed.
  • ● You are experiencing a high number of problems with the cartridge.
  • Page 248

  • ● The cartridge does not look like it usually does (for example, the packaging differs from HP packaging).
  • ##### Data stored on the toner cartridge

    The HP toner cartridges used with this product contain a memory chip that assists in the operation of the product.

    In addition, this memory chip collects a limited set of information about the usage of the product, which might include the following: the date when the toner cartridge was first installed, the date when the toner cartridge was last used, the number of pages printed using the toner cartridge, the page coverage, the printing modes used, any printing errors that might have occurred, and the product model. This information helps HP design future products to meet our customers' printing needs.

    The data collected from the toner cartridge memory chip does not contain information that can be used to identify a customer or user of the toner cartridge or their product.

    HP collects a sampling of the memory chips from toner cartridges returned to HP's free return and recycling program (HP Planet Partners: www.hp.com/recycle). The memory chips from this sampling are read and studied in order to improve future HP products. HP partners who assist in recycling this toner cartridge might have access to this data, as well.

    Any third party possessing the toner cartridge might have access to the anonymous information on the memory chip.

    ENWW Data stored on the toner cartridge 239

    ##### End User License Agreement

    READ CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS SOFTWARE EQUIPMENT: This End-User license Agreement ("EULA") is a legal agreement between (a) you (either an individual or a single entity) and (b) HP Inc. ("HP") that governs your use of any Software Product, installed on or made available by HP for use with your HP product ("HP Product"), that is not otherwise subject to a separate license agreement between you and HP or its suppliers. Other software may contain a EULA in its online documentation. The term "Software Product" means computer software and may include associated media, printed materials and "online" or electronic documentation.

    An amendment or addendum to this EULA may accompany the HP Product. RIGHTS IN THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT ARE OFFERED ONLY ON THE CONDITION THAT YOU AGREE TO ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS EULA. BY INSTALLING, COPYING, DOWNLOADING, OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS EULA. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THESE LICENSE TERMS, YOUR SOLE REMEDY IS TO RETURN THE ENTIRE UNUSED PRODUCT (HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE) WITHIN 14 DAYS FOR A REFUND SUBJECT TO THE REFUND POLICY OF YOUR PLACE OF PURCHASE.

  • 1. GRANT OF LICENSE. HP grants you the following rights provided you comply with all terms and conditions of this EULA:
  • Page 249

  • a. Use. You may use the Software Product on a single computer ("Your Computer"). If the Software Product is provided to you via the internet and was originally licensed for use on more than one computer, you may install and use the Software Product only on those computers. You may not separate component parts of the Software Product for use on more than one computer. You do not have the right to distribute the Software Product. You may load the Software Product into Your Computer's temporary memory (RAM) for purposes of using the Software Product.
  • b. Storage. You may copy the Software Product into the local memory or storage device of the HP Product.
  • c. Copying. You may make archival or back-up copies of the Software Product, provided the copy contains all of the original Software Product's proprietary notices and that it is used only for backup purposes.
  • d. Reservation of Rights. HP and its suppliers reserve all rights not expressly granted to you in this EULA.
  • e. Freeware. Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of this EULA, all or any portion of the Software Product which constitutes non-proprietary HP software or software provided under public license by third parties ("Freeware"), is licensed to you subject to the terms and conditions of the software license agreement accompanying such Freeware whether in the form of a discrete agreement, shrink wrap license or electronic license terms accepted at time of download. Use of the Freeware by you shall be governed entirely by the terms and conditions of such license.
  • f. Recovery Solution. Any software recovery solution provided with/for your HP Product, whether in the form of a hard disk drive-based solution, an external media-based recovery solution (e.g. floppy disk, CD or DVD) or an equivalent solution delivered in any other form, may only be used for restoring the hard disk of the HP Product with/for which the recovery solution was originally
  • purchased. The use of any Microsoft operating system software contained in such recovery solution shall be governed by the Microsoft License Agreement.

  • 2. UPGRADES. To use a Software Product identified as an upgrade, you must first be licensed for the original Software Product identified by HP as eligible for the upgrade. After upgrading, you may no longer use the original Software Product that formed the basis for your upgrade eligibility. By using the Software Product, you also agree that HP may automatically access your HP Product when connected to the internet to check the version or status of certain Software Products and may automatically download and install upgrades or updates to such Software Products on to your HP Product to provide new versions or updates required to maintain the functionality, performance, or security of the HP Software and your HP Product and facilitate the provision of support or other services provided to you. In certain cases, and depending on the type of upgrade or update, notifications will be provided to you (via pop-up or other means), which may require you to initiate the upgrade or update.
  • 3. ADDITIONAL SOFTWARE. This EULA applies to updates or supplements to the original Software Product provided by HP unless HP provides other terms along with the update or supplement. In case of a conflict between such terms, the other terms will prevail.
  • 4. TRANSFER.
  • a. Third Party. The initial user of the Software Product may make a one-time transfer of the Software Product to another end user. Any transfer must include all component parts, media, printed materials, this EULA, and if applicable, the Certificate of Authenticity. The transfer may not be an indirect transfer, such as a consignment. Prior to the transfer, the end user receiving the transferred product must agree to all the EULA terms. Upon transfer of the Software Product, your license is automatically terminated.
  • b. Restrictions. You may not rent, lease or lend the Software Product or use the Software Product for commercial timesharing or bureau use. You may not sublicense, assign or transfer the license or Software Product except as expressly provided in this EULA.
  • 5. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. All intellectual property rights in the Software Product and user documentation are owned by HP or its suppliers and are protected by law, including but not limited to United States copyright, trade secret, and trademark law, as well as other applicable laws and international treaty provisions. You shall not remove any product identification, copyright notices or proprietary restrictions from the Software Product.
  • 6. LIMITATION ON REVERSE ENGINEERING. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the Software Product, except and only to the extent that the right to do so is mandated under applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or it is expressly provided for in this EULA.
  • 7. TERM. This EULA is effective unless terminated or rejected. This EULA will also terminate upon conditions set forth elsewhere in this EULA or if you fail to comply with any term or condition of this EULA.
  • 8. CONSENT TO COLLECTION/USE OF DATA.
  • a. HP will use cookies and other web technology tools to collect anonymous technical information related to HP Software and your HP Product. This data will be used to provide the upgrades and related support or other services described in Section 2. HP will also collect personal information including your Internet Protocol address or other unique identifier information associated with your HP Product and data provided by you on registration of your HP Product. As well as providing the upgrades and related support or other services, this data will be used for sending marketing communications to you (in each case with your express consent where required by applicable law).
  • Page 250

  • To the extent permitted by applicable law, by accepting these terms and conditions you consent to the collection and use of anonymous and personal data by HP, its subsidiaries, and affiliates as described in this EULA and as further described in HP’s privacy policy: www.hp.com/go/privacy
  • b. Collection/Use by Third Parties. Certain software programs included in your HP Product are provided and separately licensed to you by third party providers (“Third Party Software”). Third Party Software may be installed and operational on your HP Product even if you choose not to activate/purchase such software. Third Party Software may collect and transmit technical information about your system (i.e., IP address, unique device identifier, software version installed, etc.) and other system data. This information is used by the third party to identify technical system attributes and ensure that the most current version of the software has been installed on your system. If you do not want the Third Party Software to collect this technical information or automatically send you version updates, you should uninstall the software prior to connecting to the Internet.
  • 9. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HP AND ITS SUPPLIERS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT “AS IS” AND WITH ALL FAULTS, AND HEREBY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES, AND CONDITIONS, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES, DUTIES, GUARANTEES, OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND OF LACK OF VIRUSES ALL WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT. Some states/jurisdictions do not allow exclusion of implied warranties or limitations on the duration of implied warranties, so the above disclaimer may not apply to you in its entirety.
  • IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND, THE SOFTWARE COMES WITH GUARANTEES THAT CANNOT BE EXCLUDED UNDER AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND CONSUMER LAWS. AUSTRALIAN CONSUMERS ARE ENTITLED TO A REPLACEMENT OR A REFUND FOR A MAJOR FAILURE AND COMPENSATION FOR OTHER REASONABLY FORESEEABLE LOSS OR DAMAGE. AUSTRALIAN CONSUMERS ARE ALSO ENTITLED TO HAVE THE SOFTWARE REPAIRED OR REPLACED IF IT FAILS TO BE OF ACCEPTABLE QUALITY AND THE FAILURE DOES NOT AMOUNT TO A MAJOR FAILURE. NEW ZEALAND CONSUMERS WHO ARE PURCHASING GOODS FOR PERSONAL, DOMESTIC OR HOUSEHOLD USE OR CONSUMPTION AND NOT FOR THE PURPOSE OF A BUSINESS (“NEW ZEALAND CONSUMERS”) ARE ENTITLED TO REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR REFUND FOR A FAILURE AND COMPENSATION FOR OTHER REASONABLY FORESEEABLE LOSS OR DAMAGE.

  • 10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. Subject to local law, notwithstanding any damages that you might incur, the entire liability of HP and any of its suppliers under any provision of this EULA and your exclusive remedy for all of the foregoing shall be limited to the greater of the amount actually paid by you separately for the Software Product or U.S. $5.00. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS OR CONFIDENTIAL OR OTHER INFORMATION, FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, FOR PERSONAL INJURY, FOR LOSS OF PRIVACY ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PROVISION OF THIS EULA, EVEN IF HP OR ANY SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND EVEN IF THE REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. Some states/jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.
  • 11. U.S. GOVERNMENT CUSTOMERS. Consistent with FAR 12.211 and 12.212, Commercial Computer Software, Computer Software Documentation, and Technical Data for Commercial Items are licensed to the U.S. Government under HP's standard commercial license.
  • 12. COMPLIANCE WITH EXPORT LAWS. You shall comply with all laws and regulations of the United States and other countries ("Export Laws") to assure that the Software Product is not (1) exported, directly or
  • indirectly, in violation of Export Laws, or (2) used for any purpose prohibited by Export Laws, including, without limitation, nuclear, chemical, or biological weapons proliferation.
  • 13. CAPACITY AND AUTHORITY TO CONTRACT. You represent that you are of the legal age of majority in your state of residence and, if applicable, you are duly authorized by your employer to enter into this contract.
  • 14. APPLICABLE LAW. This EULA is governed by the laws of the country in which the equipment was purchased.
  • 15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This EULA (including any addendum or amendment to this EULA which is included with the HP Product) is the entire agreement between you and HP relating to the Software Product and it supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals and representations with respect to the Software Product or any other subject matter covered by this EULA. To the extent the terms of any HP policies or programs for support services conflict with the terms of this EULA, the terms of this EULA shall control.
  • © Copyright 2015 HP Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. All other product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. To the extent permitted by applicable law, HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: August 2015

    ##### Customer self-repair warranty service

    HP products are designed with many Customer Self Repair (CSR) parts to minimize repair time and allow for greater flexibility in performing defective parts replacement. If during the diagnosis period, HP identifies that the repair can be accomplished by the use of a CSR part, HP will ship that part directly to you for replacement. There are two categories of CSR parts: 1) Parts for which customer self repair is mandatory. If you request HP to replace these parts, you will be charged for the travel and labor costs of this service. 2) Parts for which customer self repair is optional. These parts are also designed for Customer Self Repair. If, however, you require that HP replace them for you, this may be done at no additional charge under the type of warranty service designated for your product.

    Page 251

    Based on availability and where geography permits, CSR parts will be shipped for next business day delivery. Same-day or four-hour delivery may be offered at an additional charge where geography permits. If assistance is required, you can call the HP Technical Support Center and a technician will help you over the phone. HP specifies in the materials shipped with a replacement CSR part whether a defective part must be returned to HP. In cases where it is required to return the defective part to HP, you must ship the defective part back to HP within a defined period of time, normally five (5) business days. The defective part must be returned with the associated documentation in the provided shipping material. Failure to return the defective part may result in HP billing you for the replacement. With a customer self repair, HP will pay all shipping and part return costs and determine the courier/carrier to be used.

    ##### Customer support

    Get telephone support for your country/region Have the product name, serial number, date of purchase, and problem description ready.

    Country/region phone numbers are on the flyer that was in the box with your product or at www.hp.com/support/.

    Get 24-hour Internet support, and download software utilities and drivers

    www.hp.com/support/ljm1130series or www.hp.com/support/ ljm1210series

    Order additional HP service or maintenance agreements www.hp.com/go/carepack Register your product www.register.hp.com

    ENWW Customer support 245

    C Specifications

  • ● Physical specifications
  • ● Power consumption, electrical specifications, and acoustic emissions
  • ● Environmental specifications
  • ##### Physical specifications

    Page 252

    Table C-1 Physical specifications1 Specification M1130 Series M1210 Series Product weight 7.0 kg (15.4 lb) 8.3 kg (18.3 lb) Product height 250 mm (9.8 in) 306 mm (12.0 in) Product depth 265 mm (10.4 in) 265 mm (10.4 in) Product width 415 mm (16.3 in) 435 mm (17.1 in)

    1 Values are based on preliminary data. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1130series or www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series.

    ##### Power consumption, electrical specifications, and acoustic emissions

    See www.hp.com/go/ljm1130series_regulatory or www.hp.com/go/ljm1210series_regulatory for current information.

    CAUTION: Power requirements are based on the country/region where the product is sold. Do not convert operating voltages. This will damage the product and void the product warranty.

    ##### Environmental specifications

    ########### Table C-2 Environmental specifications

    Operating1 Storage1 Temperature 15° to 32.5°C (59° to 90.5°F) 0° to 35°C (32° to 95°F) Relative Humidity 10% to 80% 10% to 80%

    1 Values are based on preliminary data. See www.hp.com/support/ljm1130series or www.hp.com/support/ljm1210series.

    ########## 248 Appendix C Specifications ENWW

    D Environmental product stewardship program

  • ● Protecting the environment
  • ● Ozone production
  • Page 253

  • ● Power consumption
  • ● Toner consumption
  • ● Paper use
  • ● Plastics
  • ● HP LaserJet print supplies
  • ● Paper
  • ● Material restrictions
  • ● Disposal of waste equipment by users (EU and India)
  • ● Electronic hardware recycling
  • ● Brazil hardware recycling information
  • ● Chemical substances
  • ● Product Power Data per European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008
  • ● Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (India)
  • Page 254

  • ● Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (Turkey)
  • ● Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (Ukraine)
  • ● Substances Table (China)
  • ● SEPA Ecolabel User Information (China)
  • ● The regulation of the implementation on China energy label for printer, fax, and copier
  • ● Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
  • ● EPEAT
  • ● For more information
  • ##### Protecting the environment

    HP is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner. This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our environment.

    ##### Ozone production

    The airborne emissions of ozone for this product has been measured according to a generally recognized method* and when these emissions data are applied to a “generic office model exposure scenario”**, HP is able to determine there is no appreciable amount of ozone generated during printing that exceeds any current indoor air quality standards or guidelines.

    Page 255

  • * Test method for the determination of emissions from hardcopy devices with respect to awarding the environmental label for office devices with printing function; RAL-UZ 171 – BAM July, 2012
  • ** Based on ozone concentration when printing 2 hours per day in a 32 cubic meter room with a ventilation rate of 0.72 air changes per hour with HP printing supplies
  • ##### Power consumption

    Power usage drops significantly while in Ready, Sleep, or Off mode, which saves natural resources and saves money without affecting the high performance of this product. HP printing and imaging equipment marked with the ENERGY STAR® logo is qualified to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's ENERGY STAR specifications for imaging equipment. The following mark will appear on ENERGY STAR qualified imaging products:

    Additional ENERGY STAR qualified imaging product model information is listed at: www.hp.com/go/energystar

    ##### Toner consumption

    EconoMode uses less toner, which might extend the life of the print cartridge. HP does not recommend the full-time use of EconoMode. If EconoMode is used full-time, the toner supply might outlast the mechanical parts in the print cartridge. If print quality begins to degrade and is no longer acceptable, consider replacing the print cartridge.

    ##### Paper use

    This product’s duplex feature (manual or automatic) and N-up printing (multiple pages printed on one page) capability can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural resources.

    ##### Plastics

    Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product’s life.

    ##### HP LaserJet print supplies

    Original HP Supplies were designed with the environment in mind. HP makes it easy to conserve resources and paper when printing. And when you are done, we make it easy and free to recycle.1

    Page 256

    All HP cartridges returned to HP Planet Partners go through a multiphase recycling process where materials are separated and refined for use as raw material in new Original HP cartridges and everyday products. No Original HP cartridges returned through HP Planet Partners are ever sent to a landfill, and HP never refills or resells Original HP cartridges.

    To participate in HP Planet Partners return and recycling program, visit www.hp.com/recycle. Select your country/region for information on how to return HP printing supplies. Multi-lingual program information and instructions are also included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge package.

    1 Program availability varies. For more information, visit www.hp.com/recycle.

    ##### Paper

    This product is capable of using recycled paper and lightweight paper (EcoFFICIENT™) when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide. This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper and lightweight paper (EcoFFICIENT™) according to EN12281:2002.

    Material restrictions This HP product does not contain added mercury. If this HP product contains a battery, it may require special handling at end-of-life.

    |HP LaserJet Professional M1130/M1210 MFP Series|HP LaserJet Professional M1130/M1210 MFP Series| |---|---| |Type|Carbon monofluoride lithium| |Weight|0.8 g| |Location|On formatter board| |User-removable|No|

    ENWW Paper use 251

    For recycling information, you can go to www.hp.com/recycle, or contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org.

    ##### Disposal of waste equipment by users (EU and India)

    Page 257

    This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service, or go to: www.hp.com/recycle.

    ##### Electronic hardware recycling

    HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware. For more information about recycling programs go to: www.hp.com/recycle.

    ##### Brazil hardware recycling information

    Este produto eletrônico e seus componentes não devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padrões mundiais de restrição a substâncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mínimas, substâncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida útil deste produto, o usuário deverá entregá-lo à HP. A não observância dessa orientação sujeitará o infrator às sanções previstas em lei.

    Após o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP deverão ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistência técnica autorizada pela HP.

    Para maiores informações, inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: www.hp.com.br/reciclar

    ##### Chemical substances

    HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European

    Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at: www.hp.com/go/ reach.

    ##### Product Power Data per European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008

    For product power data, including the power consumption of the product in networked standby if all wired network ports are connected and all wireless network ports are activated, please refer to section P14 ‘Additional Information’ of the product IT ECO Declaration at www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/ environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html.

    ##### Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (India)

    Page 258

    ##### Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (Turkey)

    Türkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur

    ##### Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (Ukraine)

    Обладнання відповідає вимогам Технічного регламенту щодо обмеження використання деяких небезпечних речовин в електричному та електронному обладнанні, затвердженого постановою Кабінету Міністрів України від 3 грудня 2008 № 1057

    ENWW Product Power Data per European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 253

    ##### Substances Table (China)

    | | | | | | | | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |

    SEPA Ecolabel User Information (China) 中国环境标识认证产品用户说明 噪声大于 63.0 dB(A)的办公设备不宜放置于办公室内,请在独立的隔离区域使用。 如需长时间使用本产品或打印大量文件,请确保在通风良好的房间内使用。 如您需要确认本产品处于零能耗状态,请按下电源关闭按钮,并将插头从电源插座断开。 您可以使用再生纸,以减少资源耗费。

    Page 259

    ##### The regulation of the implementation on China energy label for printer, fax, and copier

    ##### Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

    Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for supplies containing chemical substances (for example, toner) can be obtained by accessing the HP Web site at www.hp.com/go/msds.

    ##### EPEAT

    Many HP products are designed to meet EPEAT. EPEAT is a comprehensive environmental rating that helps identify greener electronics equipment. For more information on EPEAT go to www.epeat.net. For information on HP's EPEAT registered products go to www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/ pdf/epeat_printers.pdf.

    ##### For more information

    To obtain information about these environmental topics:

  • ● Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products
  • ● HP’s commitment to the environment
  • ● HP’s environmental management system
  • ● HP’s end-of-life product return and recycling program
  • ● Material Safety Data Sheets Visit www.hp.com/go/environment. Also, visit www.hp.com/recycle.
  • ENWW The regulation of the implementation on China energy label for printer, fax, and copier 255

    | | | | | | | | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | | | | | | | |

    Page 260

    | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |

    E Regulatory information

  • ● Declaration of conformity ● Declaration of conformity ● Declaration of conformity ● Regulatory statements
  • ● Additional statements for telecom (fax) products
  • ● Additional statements for wireless products
  • ENWW 257

  • Manufacturer's Name: HP Inc. DoC#: BOISB-0901-02-rel.11.0 Manufacturer's Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard
  • Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA

    declares, that the product Product Name: HP LaserJet Pro M1132 MFP Series

    Page 261

    HP LaserJet Pro M1136 MFP Series HP LaserJet Pro M1132s MFP HP LaserJet Pro M1139 MFP

  • Regulatory Model Number:2) BOISB-0901-02 Product Options: All Toner Cartridges: CE285A & CC388A conforms to the following Product Specifications: EMC: CISPR22:2008 / EN55022:2010- Class B1)
  • EN 61000-3-2:2006 +A1:2009 +A2:2009
  • EN 61000-3-3:2008 EN 55024:2010 FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 GB9254-2008, GB17625.1-2003
  • SAFETY: IEC 60950-1:2005+A1:2009 / EN60950-1: 2006 +A11:2009+A1:2010+A12:2011 IEC 60825-1:2007 / EN 60825-1:2007 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product) IEC 62479:2010 / EN 62479:2010 GB4943.1-2011

    ENERGY USE: Regulation (EC) No. 1275/2008

    IEC 62301:2011 EN 50564:2011

    RoHS: EN 50581:2012 Supplementary Information:

    The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC, the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC, and the RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU; and carries the CE-Marking accordingly.

    Shanghai, China November 1, 2015

    Local contact for regulatory topic only: European Contact: HP Deutschland GmbH, HP HQ-TRE, 71025 Boeblingen, Germany www.hp.eu/certificates

    USA Contact: HP Inc., 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501

  • Manufacturer's Name: HP Inc. DoC#: BOISB-0901-03-rel.11.0 Manufacturer's Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard
  • Page 262

    Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA

    declares, that the product Product Name: HP LaserJet Pro M1212nf MFP Series

    HP LaserJet Pro M1213nf MFP Series HP LaserJet Pro M1219nf MFP

  • Regulatory Model Number:2) BOISB-0901-03 Product Options: All
  • Accessories:4) BOISB-0906-00 – (US-Fax Module LIU) BOISB-0906-01 – (EURO-Fax Module LIU) BOISB-0906-04 – (AP-Fax Module LIU)
  • Toner Cartridges: CE285A & CC388A conforms to the following Product Specifications: EMC: CISPR22:2008 / EN55022:2010- Class B1)

  • EN 61000-3-2:2006 +A1:2009 +A2:2009
  • EN 61000-3-3:2008 EN 55024:2010 FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 GB9254-2008, GB17625.1-2003
  • SAFETY: IEC 60950-1:2005+A1:2009 / EN60950-1: 2006 +A11:2009+A1:2010+A12:2011 IEC 60825-1:2007 / EN 60825-1:2007 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product) IEC 62479:2010 / EN 62479:2010 GB4943.1-2011

    TELECOM:3) ES 203 021; FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 68 ENERGY USE: Regulation (EC) No. 1275/2008

    IEC 62301:2011 EN 50564:2011

    Page 263

    RoHS: EN 50581:2012 Supplementary Information:

    The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC, the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC, the Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC, and the RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU; and carries the CE-Marking accordingly.

  • This product uses an analog fax accessory module which Regulatory Model numbers are: BOISB-0906-00 (US-LIU), BOISB-0906-01 (EURO LIU), BOISB-0906-04 (AP LIU) or BOISB-0906-02 – (Brazil Fax Module LIU) as needed to meet technical regulatory requirements for the countries/ regions this product will be sold.
  • Shanghai, China November 1, 2015

    Local contact for regulatory topic only: European Contact: HP Deutschland GmbH, HP HQ-TRE, 71025 Boeblingen, Germany www.hp.eu/certificates

    USA Contact: HP Inc., 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501

    Manufacturer's Name: HP Inc. DoC#: BOISB-0901-02-rel.8.0 Manufacturer's Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard

    Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA

    declares, that the product Product Name: HP LaserJet Pro M1214nfh MFP Series

    HP LaserJet Pro M1216nfh MFP Series

  • Regulatory Model Number:2) BOISB-0901-04 Product Options: All
  • Accessories:4) BOISB-0906-01 – (EURO-Fax Module LIU) BOISB-0906-00 – (US-Fax Module LIU)
  • Page 264

    Toner Cartridges: CE285A & CC388A conforms to the following Product Specifications: EMC: CISPR22:2008 / EN55022:2010- Class B1)

    EN 61000-3-2:2006 +A1:2009 +A2:2009 EN 61000-3-3:2008 EN 55024:2010 FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 GB9254-2008, GB17625.1-2003

    SAFETY: IEC 60950-1:2005+A1:2009 / EN60950-1: 2006 +A11:2009+A1:2010+A12:2011 IEC 60825-1:2007 / EN 60825-1:2007 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product) IEC 62479:2010 / EN 62479:2010 GB4943.1-2011

    TELECOM:3) ES 203 021; ES201 038 ENERGY USE: Regulation (EC) No. 1275/2008

    IEC 62301:2011 EN 50564:2011

    RoHS: EN 50581:2012 Supplementary Information:

    The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC, the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC, the Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC, and the RoHS directive 2011/65/EU and carries the CE-Marking accordingly.

  • This product uses an analog fax accessory module which Regulatory Model number is:BOISB-0906-01 (EURO LIU) as needed to meet technical
  • regulatory requirements for the countries/regions this product will be sold.

    Shanghai, China November 1, 2015

    Local contact for regulatory topic only: European Contact: HP Deutschland GmbH, HP HQ-TRE, 71025 Boeblingen, Germany www.hp.eu/certificates

    USA Contact: HP Inc., 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501

    ##### Regulatory statements

    Page 265

    ###### FCC regulations

    This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If this equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, it may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

  • ● Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
  • ● Increase separation between equipment and receiver.
  • ● Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is located.
  • ● Consult your dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician.
  • | | |---|

    NOTE: Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment. Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC rules.

    ###### Canada - Industry Canada ICES-003 Compliance Statement

    CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B)

    EMC statement (Korea)

    | | | |---|---|

    Page 266

    Power cord instructions

    Make sure your power source is adequate for the product voltage rating. The voltage rating is on the product label. The product uses either 110-127 Vac or 220-240 Vac and 50/60 Hz.

    Connect the power cord between the product and a grounded AC outlet. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the product, use only the power cord that is provided with the product.

    ###### Laser safety

    The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States. The device is certified as a “Class 1” laser product under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside the device is completely

    confined within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.

    WARNING! Using controls, making adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation.

    Laser statement for Finland Luokan 1 laserlaite Klass 1 Laser Apparat HP LaserJet Professional M1132/M1134/M1136, M1212/M1214/M1216, laserkirjoitin on käyttäjän kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite. Normaalissa käytössä kirjoittimen suojakotelointi estää lasersäteen pääsyn laitteen ulkopuolelle. Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on määritetty standardin EN 60825-1 (2007) mukaisesti. VAROITUS !

    Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.

    ######### VARNING !

    Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.

    ######### HUOLTO

    HP LaserJet Professional M1132/M1134/M1136, M1212/M1214/M1216 - kirjoittimen sisällä ei ole käyttäjän huollettavissa olevia kohteita. Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkilö. Tällaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota väriainekasetin vaihtamista, paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita käyttäjän käsikirjassa lueteltuja, käyttäjän tehtäväksi tarkoitettuja ylläpitotoimia, jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoistyökaluja.

    Page 267

    ######### VARO !

    Mikäli kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan, olet alttiina näkymättömällelasersäteilylle laitteen ollessa toiminnassa. Älä katso säteeseen.

    ######### VARNING !

    Om laserprinterns skyddshölje öppnas då apparaten är i funktion, utsättas användaren för osynlig laserstrålning. Betrakta ej strålen.

    Tiedot laitteessa käytettävän laserdiodin säteilyominaisuuksista: Aallonpituus 775-795 nm Teho 5 m W Luokan 3B laser.

    ENWW Regulatory statements 265

    ###### GS statement (Germany)

    Das Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz vorgesehen. Um störende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt nicht im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.

    Das Gerät ist kein Bildschirmarbeitsplatz gemäß BildscharbV. Bei ungünstigen Lichtverhältnissen (z. B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen auf dem Display und damit zu Einschränkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen.

    ###### Eurasian Conformity (Belarus, Kazakhstan, Russia)

    ##### Additional statements for telecom (fax) products

    ###### EU Statement for Telecom Operation

    This product is intended to be connected to the analog Public Switched Telecommunication Networks (PSTN) of European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions.

    Page 268

    It meets requirements of EU R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries appropriate CE conformity marking.

    For more details see Declaration of Conformity issued by the manufacturer in another section of this manual. However due to differences between individual national PSTNs the product may not guarantee unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN termination point. Network compatibility depends on the correct setting being selected by the customer in preparation of its connection to the PSTN. Please follow the instructions provided in the user manual. If you experience network compatibility issues, please contact your equipment supplier or HP help desk in the country/region of operation. Connecting to a PSTN termination point may be the subject of additional requirements set out by the local PSTN operator.

    ###### New Zealand Telecom Statements

    The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom’s network services.

    This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected to the same line.

    This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom “111” Emergency Service. This product has not been tested to ensure compatibility with the FaxAbility distinctive ring service for New Zealand.

    ###### Additional FCC statement for telecom products (US)

    This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the back of this equipment is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to the telephone company.

    The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices, which may be connected to the telephone line. Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most, but not all, areas, the sum of the RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to the line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area.

    This equipment uses the following USOC jacks: RJ11C. An FCC-compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular jack, which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment cannot be used on telephone company-provided coin service. Connection to Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs.

    If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. If advance notice is not practical, the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.

    The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make the necessary modifications in order to maintain uninterrupted service.

    If trouble is experienced with this equipment, please see the numbers in this manual for repair and (or) warranty information. If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request you remove the equipment from the network until the problem is resolved.

    Page 269

    The customer can do the following repairs: Replace any original equipment that came with the device. This includes the toner cartridge, the supports for trays and bins, the power cord, and the telephone cord. It is recommended that the customer install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this device is connected. This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and other electrical surges.

    ###### Telephone Consumer Protection Act (US)

    The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless such message clearly contains, in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, or other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided cannot be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges).

    ###### Industry Canada CS-03 requirements

    Notice: The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational, and safety requirements as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement document(s). The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the user’s satisfaction. Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible for the equipment to be connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection. The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations. Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment. Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility, telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together. This precaution can be particularly important in rural areas.

    CAUTION: Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact the appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate. The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) of this device is 0.0.

    This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. / Le présent matériel est conforme aux specifications techniques applicables d’Industrie Canada.

    Notice: The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Number of all the devices does not exceed five (5.0). / L’indice d’équivalence de la

    sonnerie (IES) sert à indiquer le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent être raccordés à une interface téléphonique. La terminaison d’une interface peut consister en une combinaison quelconque de dispositifs, à la seule condition que la somme d’indices d’équivalence de la sonnerie de tous les dispositifs n’excède pas cinq.

    The standard connecting arrangement code (telephone jack type) for equipment with direct connections to the telephone network is CA11A.

    ###### Vietnam Telecom wired/wireless marking for ICTQC Type approved products

    | | | |---|---|

    Page 270

    ##### Additional statements for wireless products

    FCC compliance statement—United States Exposure to radio frequency radiation CAUTION: The radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device shall be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized.

    In order to avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antenna shall not be less than 20 cm (8 in) during normal operation.

    This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

    CAUTION: Based on Section 15.21 of the FCC rules, changes of modifications to the operation of this product without the express approval by HP may invalidate its authorized use.

    ###### Australia statement

    This device incorporates a radio-transmitting (wireless) device. For protection against radio transmission exposure, it is recommended that this device be operated no less than 20 cm from the head, neck, or body.

    ###### Brazil ANATEL statement

    Este equipamento opera em caráter secundário, isto é, não tem direito à proteção contra interferência prejudicial, mesmo de estações do mesmo tipo, e não pode causar interferência a sistemas operando em caráter primário.

    ###### Canadian statements

    For Indoor Use. This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the radio interference regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. The internal wireless radio complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada.

    Pour l´usage d´intérieur. Le présent appareil numérique n´émet pas de bruits radioélectriques dépassant les limites applicables aux appareils numériques de Classe B prescribes dans le règlement sur le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le Ministère des Communications du Canada. Le composant RF interne est conforme à la norme CNR-210 d´Industrie Canada.

    ###### Products with 5 GHz Operation Industry of Canada

    Page 271

    CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to cochannel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device.

    ###### Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation (Canada)

    WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation. The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation.

    To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches).

    ###### European Union regulatory notice

    The telecommunications functionality of this product may be used in the following EU and EFTA countries/ regions:

    Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and United Kingdom.

    ###### Notice for use in Russia

    Существуют определенные ограничения по использованию беспроводных сетей (стандарта 802.11 b/ g) с рабочей частотой 2,4 ГГц: Данное оборудование может использоваться внутри помещений с использованием диапазона частот 2400-2483,5 МГц (каналы 1-13). При использовании внутри помещений максимальная эффективная изотропно–излучаемая мощность (ЭИИМ) должна составлять не более 100мВт.

    Mexico statement Aviso para los usuarios de México “La operación de este equipo está sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operación no deseada." Para saber el modelo de la tarjeta inalámbrica utilizada, revise la etiqueta regulatoria de la impresora.

    ENWW Additional statements for wireless products 271

    ###### Taiwan statement

    | | | |---|---|

    Page 272

    | | | | | |

    ###### Korean statement

    ###### Vietnam Telecom wired/wireless marking for ICTQC Type approved products

    | | | |---|---|

    Index

    ######### Symbols/Numerics 2-sided printing

    Windows 68

  • A accessibility features 5 accessories
  • ordering 223, 224 part numbers 224

    acoustic specifications 248 ad hoc groups, sending faxes to

    124 address, printer

    Page 273

    Macintosh, troubleshooting 220 AirPrint 73 answer mode, setting 115 answering machines, connecting

    105

    fax settings 116 anticounterfeit supplies 162, 238 autoreduction settings, fax 117

  • B background shading,
  • troubleshooting 210 bands and streaks,

    troubleshooting 210 batteries included 251 bin, output

    capacity 4 jams, clearing 201 locating 6

    black and white scanning 97 blank pages

    troubleshooting 217 blank scans, troubleshooting 214 blocking faxes 115 booklets

    printing (Windows) 70

    busy signals, redialing options 112

    C cables

    USB, troubleshooting 217 caller-ID boxes, connecting 104 calling cards 124 canceling

    Page 274

    copy jobs 82 faxes 121 print job 56 scan jobs 95

    capacity document feeder 4 output bin 4

    cartridge-door release, locating 6 cartridges

    non-HP 162, 237 part numbers 224 recycling 162, 251 replacing 165 status, viewing 153 storage 162 warranty 236

    cautions iii change

    pickup roller 168 print cartridge 165 separation pad 172

    characters, troubleshooting 211 checklist

    fax troubleshooting 132 general troubleshooting 190

    cleaning exterior 186 glass 87, 98, 186 paper path 181 pickup roller 174

    product 174 separation pad 178

    clearing jams

    locations 199 collating copies 85 color, scanning settings 96, 97 comparison, product models 2 configuration page

    printing 150 connecting to the network 38 connectivity

    Page 275

    solving problems 217 contrast settings copy 88 fax 113

    control panel buttons and lights 11, 12 menus 14 message types 195 messages, troubleshooting 195 settings 24, 28 status-light patterns 192

    conventions, document iii copying

    canceling 82 collation 85 contrast, adjusting 88 double-sided 90 enlarging 82 light/dark settings 88 multiple copies 80 one-touch 80 quality, adjusting 85 quality, troubleshooting 213 reducing 82 setup menu 15

    counterfeit supplies 162, 238 cover pages

    printing (Mac) 30

    creases, troubleshooting 212 crooked pages 208, 212 curled media 211 custom-size copies 82 custom-size paper settings

    Mac 30 Windows 61

    customer support online 245

    D dark copying 213 darkness, contrast settings

    copy 88 fax 113

    defaults, restoring 191 defects, repeating 215 delaying fax sending 128 deleting faxes from memory 121 demo page, printing 151 dial-tone detection settings 111 dialing

    fax 16 from a telephone 128 manually 124 pauses, inserting 111 prefixes, inserting 111 redial manually 125 redialing automatically,

    Page 276

    settings 112 tone or pulse settings 112 troubleshooting 142

    disposal, end-of-life 251 distinctive-ring settings 117 document conventions iii document feeder

    capacity 4, 51 loading 50 locating 6 page sizes supported 141

    dots per inch (dpi) fax 113 specifications 4

    dots, troubleshooting 209 double-sided printing 31

    Macintosh 31 paper loading orientation 51 See also duplex printing

    dpi (dots per inch) fax 113

    faxing 16 scanning 96 specifications 4

    drivers changing paper types and sizes

    44 changing settings (Mac) 29 changing settings (Windows) 25 choosing (Windows) 216 Macintosh, troubleshooting 219 presets (Mac) 30 quick sets (Windows) 59 settings 24, 28 settings (Mac) 30 settings (Windows) 57 supported 24

    DSL

    faxing 122 duplex printing 31 Macintosh 31 paper loading orientation 51 Windows 68 See also double-sided printing

    E e-mail, scanning to Mac 34, 94 resolution settings 97

    Page 277

    EconoMode setting 160 electrical specifications 248 electronic faxes

    receiving 131 sending 126

    electronic hardware recycling 252 embedded Web server

    Configuration page 157 Information tab 157 Networking tab 158 product status 157 Settings tab 158 shop for supplies 158 supplies status 157 support 158 using 157

    end-of-life disposal 251 enlarging documents

    copying 82 envelopes

    loading orientation 51 environment specifications 248

    environmental features 3 environmental stewardship

    program 249

    ePrint 71 AirPrint 73 HP Cloud Print 71 HP Direct Print 73

    error messages

    control panel 195 error messages, fax 132 error report, fax

    printing 139 error-correction setting, fax 140 Eurasian conformity 266 EWS. See embedded Web server extension phones

    Page 278

    receiving faxes from 105 sending faxes from 128

    F factory-set defaults, restoring 191 faded print 209 fax

    ad hoc groups 124 answer mode 17, 115 autoreduction 117 blocking 115 canceling 121 contrast setting 113 delaying sending 128 deleting from memory 121 detect-dial-tone settings 111 dial prefixes 111 dialing, tone or pulse 112 error messages 133 error report, printing 139 error-correction 140 extension phone receiving 105 factory-set defaults, restoring

    191 forwarding 114 manual dialing 124 pauses, inserting 111 polling 120 printing 130 printing private faxes 130 private receive 119 receive log 155 receiving from software 131

    receiving when you hear fax

    tones 130 redial manually 125 redial settings 112 reports 15 reports, printing all 138 reprinting from memory 130 resolution 113 ring patterns 117 ring type 18 rings-to-answer 116 security, private receive 119 send log 155 sending from a telephone 128 sending from software 126 silence-detect mode 118 stamp-received 119 troubleshooting receiving 144 troubleshooting sending 141 using DSL, PBX, or ISDN 122 using VoIP 122 V.34 setting 141 volume settings 118

    fax date, setup use control panel 106 use HP Fax Setup Wizard 108

    fax header, setup use control panel 106 use HP Fax Setup Wizard 108

    fax ports, locating 9 fax reports, printing 15 Fax tab

    HP Toolbox 153

    fax time, setup use control panel 106 use HP Fax Setup Wizard 108

    fax troubleshooting checklist 132

    faxing from a computer (Mac) 33, 126 from a computer (Windows) 126

    Page 279

    features

    product 4 feeding problems, solving 208 file, scanning to

    Mac 34, 94 Finnish laser safety statement 265 first page

    use different paper 30 Fit to Page setting, fax 117

    forms

    printing (Windows) 61 forwarding faxes 114 fraud hotline 162 fraud Web site 238

  • G glass, cleaning 87, 98, 186 gray background, troubleshooting
  • 210 grayscale printing, Windows 58 grayscale scanning 97

  • H hardware recycling, Brazil 252 help
  • printing options (Windows) 57 HP Cloud Print 71 HP Customer Care 245 HP Direct Print 73 HP Embedded Web Server 26 HP fraud hotline 162 HP fraud Web site 238 HP LaserJet Scan (Windows) 94 HP Toolbox

    about 152 Fax tab 153 Status tab 153

    humidity specifications 248

  • I identification cards
  • Page 280

    copying 81

    image quality copy, troubleshooting 213 scans, troubleshooting 214

    Information tab (embedded Web server) 157

    input tray 31 capacity 51 loading 47 locating 6

    interface ports locating 8, 9 types included 4

    international dialing 124 IP address

    Macintosh, troubleshooting 220 manual configuration 39

    ISDN faxing 122

  • J jams
  • common causes of 198 document feeder, clearing 200 locations 199 output-bin, clearing 201 tray, clearing 203

  • K Korean EMC statement 264
  • L labels
  • printing (Windows) 63 landscape orientation

    Page 281

    changing (Windows) 76 laser safety statements 264, 265 LaserJet Scan (Windows) 94 letterhead

    printing (Windows) 61 license, software 240 light copying 213 light patterns

    control panel 192 light print, troubleshooting 209 lightness

    copy contrast 88 faded print, troubleshooting

    209 fax contrast 113

    lines, troubleshooting 210 copies 213 printed pages 210 scans 214

    link speed settings 39 loading media

    document feeder 50 input tray 47

    lock

    product 159

    logs, fax error 139 printing all 138

    loose toner, troubleshooting 210

  • M Mac
  • Page 282

    changing paper types and sizes

    44 driver settings 29, 30 faxing 33

    faxing from 126 problems, troubleshooting 219 removing software 28 resize documents 30 scanning from TWAIN-compliant

    software 95 scanning page-by-page 34, 94 scanning to e-mail 34, 94 scanning to file 34, 94

    Mac driver settings custom-size paper 30

    Macintosh drivers, troubleshooting 219 supported operating systems

    28

    USB card, troubleshooting 221 managing network 39 manual dialing 124 manual redial 125 material restrictions 251 Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

    255

    media curled, troubleshooting 211 custom-size, Mac settings 30 default size for tray 52 document feeder, sizes

    supported 141 fax autoreduction settings 117 first page 30 pages per sheet 31 supported sizes 45 wrinkled 212

    memory deleting faxes 121 reprinting faxes 130 specifications 4

    Page 283

    memory chip, toner cartridge description 239

    menu Copy setup 15 Fax functions 14 Fax Job status 14 Fax setup 16 Phone Book 14 Reports 15 Service 20 System setup 19

    menu map printing 151

    mercury-free product 251 messages

    control panel 195 Microsoft Word, faxing from 127 model

    comparison 2 number, locating 10

    modems, connecting 104 multiple pages per sheet 31 printing (Windows) 74

  • N n-up printing 31
  • selecting (Windows) 74

    network IP address configuration 39 link speed settings 39 operating systems supported

    36 password, changing 39 password, setting 39 settings, changing 39 settings, viewing 39

    network connections 38 network port

    locating 9 Networking tab (embedded Web

    Page 284

    server) 158 non-HP supplies 162, 237 notes iii number of copies, changing 80 number of print copies

    changing (Windows) 58

  • O online support 245 opening printer drivers (Windows)
  • 57

    operating environment specifications 248

    operating systems supported 24,

    28 operating systems, networks 36 ordering

    part numbers for 224 supplies and accessories 224

    ordering supplies Web sites 223

    orientation

    changing (Windows) 76 paper, while loading 51

    output bin capacity 4, 51 locating 6

    output quality copy, troubleshooting 213 scans, troubleshooting 214

    Page 285

    outside lines dial prefixes 111 pauses, inserting 111

    P page orientation

    changing (Windows) 76 page sizes

    scaling documents to fit (Windows) 66 page-by-page scanning (Mac) 34,

    94 pages blank 217 not printing 217 printing slowly 217 skewed 212 pages per minute 4 pages per sheet 31

    selecting (Windows) 74 pages, skewed 208 paper

    curled, troubleshooting 211 custom-size, Mac settings 30 document feeder, sizes

    supported 141 fax autoreduction settings 117 first page 30 loading orientation 51 pages per sheet 31 printing on preprinted letterhead

    or forms (Windows) 61 supported sizes 45 supported types 46 wrinkled 212

    paper handling

    problem-solving 208 paper input trays

    feeding problems, solving 208 paper jams. See jams paper path, cleaning 181

    paper size changing 44 changing (Windows) 61 custom (Windows) 61

    Page 286

    paper type

    changing (Windows) 61 paper types

    changing 44 paper, covers

    printing (Windows) 64 paper, ordering 224 paper, special

    printing (Windows) 63 part numbers

    print cartridges 224 pauses, inserting 111 PBX

    faxing 122

    phone book, fax deleting all entries 110 HP Toolbox 153 importing 109

    phones

    receiving faxes from 105, 130 phones, connecting extra 105 phones, downstream

    sending faxes from 128 physical specifications 248 pickup roller

    change 168 clean 174

    pixels per inch (ppi), scanning

    Page 287

    resolution 96 polling faxes 120 portrait orientation

    changing (Windows) 76

    ports locating 8, 9 troubleshooting Macintosh 221 types included 4

    power consumption 248 problem-solving 190 ppi (pixels per inch), scanning

    resolution 96 prefixes, dial 111 preprinted paper

    printing (Windows) 61 presets (Mac) 30

    print cartridges door release, locating 6 non-HP 162 part numbers 224 recycling 162 redistributing toner 163 status, viewing 153 storage 162

    print density 216 print job

    canceling 56 print media

    supported 45 print-cartridges

    replacing 165 printer drivers

    supported 24

    printer drivers (Mac) changing settings 29 settings 30

    Page 288

    printer drivers (Windows) changing settings 25 choosing 216 settings 57

    printing configuration page 150 demo page 151 Macintosh 30 menu map 151 settings (Mac) 30 settings (Windows) 57 supplies status page 150 troubleshooting 217

    priority, settings 24, 28 private receive 119 problem-solving 190 clear jams 198 connectivity 217 control-panel messages 195 image quality 209 Mac issues 219 paper handling 208 performance 217 status-light patterns 192 Windows issues 219 See also solving

    product cleaning 174 model comparison 2 serial number, locating 10

    product registration 156 protocol settings, fax 141 pulse-dialing 112

  • Q quality
  • copy settings 85 copy, troubleshooting 213 print settings (Macintosh) 30 scans, troubleshooting 214

    quick sets 59

  • R receiving faxes
  • answer mode, setting 115 autoreduction settings 117 blocking 115 error report, printing 139 from extension phone 105 from software 131 log, HP Toolbox 155 polling 120 reprinting 130 ring patterns, settings 117 rings-to-answer settings 116 silence-detect mode 118 stamp-received setting 119 troubleshooting 144 when you hear fax tones 130

    recycling 3, 251

    electronic hardware 252 recycling supplies 162 redial

    Page 289

    manually 125 redialing

    automatically, settings 112 redistributing toner 163 reducing documents copying 82 registration, product 156 removing Mac software 28 repeating defects, troubleshooting

    215 repetitive defects, troubleshooting

    212 reports configuration page 16, 150 demo page 15, 151 fax 15

    menu map 16, 151 supplies status page 16, 150

    reports, fax error 139 printing all 138

    reprinting faxes 130 resize documents

    Mac 30 Windows 66

    resizing documents copying 82

    resolution changing (Windows) 61 fax 113 scanning 96 specifications 4

    restoring factory-set defaults 191 ring patterns 117 ring tones

    distinctive 117 rings-to-answer setting 116 ruler, repetitive defect 215

    S safety statements 264, 265 scale documents

    Page 290

    Mac 30 Windows 66

    scaling documents copying 82 scanner

    glass cleaning 87, 98, 186

    scanning black and white 97 blank pages, troubleshooting

    214 canceling 95 color 96 file formats 96 from HP LaserJet Scan

    (Windows) 94 from Mac software 34 grayscale 97 methods 94 page-by-page (Mac) 34, 94 quality, troubleshooting 214 resolution 96 to e-mail (Mac) 34, 94 to file (Mac) 34, 94

    TWAIN-compliant software 95 WIA-compliant software 95

    scatter, troubleshooting 212 sending faxes

    ad hoc groups 124 canceling 121 delaying 128 error report, printing 139 forwarding 114 from downstream telephone

    128 from software 126 log, HP Toolbox 155 manual dialing 124 troubleshooting 141

    separation pad change 172 clean 178

    serial number, locating 10 Service menu 20 settings

    driver presets (Mac) 30 drivers 25 drivers (Mac) 29 factory-set defaults, restoring

    Page 291

    191 priority 24, 28 Settings tab (embedded Web

    server) 158 silence-detect mode 118 size specifications, product 248 size, copy

    reducing or enlarging 82 sizes, media

    Fit to Page setting, faxing 117 skewed pages 208, 212 slow speed, troubleshooting

    faxing 143, 146 small documents

    copying 81 smeared toner, troubleshooting 210

    software embedded Web server 26 receiving faxes 131 scanning from TWAIN or WIA 95 sending faxes 126 settings 24, 28 software license agreement 240

    supported operating systems

    24, 28 uninstalling for Windows 25 uninstalling Mac 28 Windows 26 Windows components 23

    solving 190 direct-connect problems 217 feeding problems 208 network problems 217 skewed pages 208 See also problem-solving

    special media

    guidelines 42 special paper

    guidelines 42

    Page 292

  • printing (Windows) 63
  • special paper for covers

  • printing (Windows) 64
  • specifications electrical and acoustic 248 environment 248 physical 248 product features 4

    specks, troubleshooting 209 speed

    fax, troubleshooting 143, 146 print specifications 4 spots, troubleshooting 209 status

    fax job 14 viewing 153

    status-light patterns 192 storing

    print cartridges 162 product 248

    streaks, troubleshooting 210 supplies

    counterfeit 162, 238 non-HP 162, 237 ordering 156, 223, 224 part numbers 224 recycling 162, 251 status, viewing 153

    supplies status page printing 150 support

    online 156, 245 supported media 45 System setup menu 19

    Page 293

    T TCP/IP

    operating systems supported 36 technical support

    online 245 telephones

    receiving faxes from 105, 130 telephones, connecting extra 105 telephones, downstream

    sending faxes from 128 temperature specifications 248 text, troubleshooting 211 tips iii tone-dialing 112 toner

    loose, troubleshooting 210 redistributing 163 scatter, troubleshooting 212 smeared, troubleshooting 210 specks, troubleshooting 209

    toner cartridges memory chips 239 non-HP 237 recycling 251 warranty 236

    transparencies

    printing (Windows) 63 tray

    capacity 4 jams, clearing 203

    trays default media size 52 double-sided printing 31 locating 6 paper orientation 51

    troubleshooting 190 blank pages 217 blank scans 214 control panel messages 195 copy quality 213 curled media 211 dialing 142 direct-connect problems 217 faded print 209 fax error-correction setting 140 faxes 132 lines, copies 213 lines, printed pages 210 lines, scans 214

    loose toner 210 Mac problems 219 network problems 217 pages not printing 217 pages printing slowly 217 pages too dark 213 pages too light 213 receiving faxes 144 repeating defects 215 repetitive defects 212 scan quality 214 sending faxes 141 skewed pages 212 speed, faxing 143, 146 text 211 toner scatter 212 toner smear 210 toner specks 209 USB cables 217 wrinkles 212 See also solving; problem-solving

    Page 294

    troubleshooting checklist 190 TWAIN-compliant software, scanning

    from 95 two-sided printing Windows 68

  • U unblocking fax numbers 115 uninstalling Mac software 28 uninstalling Windows software 25 USB cable, part number 224 USB port
  • locating 8, 9 troubleshooting 217 troubleshooting Macintosh 221 type included 4

  • V
  • V.34 setting 141 vertical lines, troubleshooting 210 vertical white or faded stripes 213 VoIP
  • faxing 122 volume

    settings 19 volume, adjusting 118

  • W warnings iii
  • warranty customer self repair 244 license 240 product 226 toner cartridges 236

    waste disposal 252 watermarks

    printing (Windows) 67 wavy paper, troubleshooting 211 Web sites

    customer support 245 fraud reports 162, 238 Material Safety Data Sheet

    (MSDS) 255

    ordering supplies 223 white or faded stripes,

    troubleshooting 213 WIA-compliant software, scanning

    from 95 Windows

    changing paper types and sizes

    44 driver settings 25 faxing from 126 problem-solving issues 219 scanning from TWAIN or WIA

    software 95 software components 23, 26 software for 152 supported operating systems

    24 Word, faxing from 127 wrinkles, troubleshooting 212

    More from HP

    Similar Printers